1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
6 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
7 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
9 This file is part of GCC.
11 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
12 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
13 Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
16 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
17 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
18 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
21 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
22 along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
23 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
37 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
39 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
40 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
41 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
42 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
43 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
45 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
46 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
48 CIE = Common Information Entry
49 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
51 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
53 FDE = Frame Description Entry
54 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
55 how to restore registers
57 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
58 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
62 #include "coretypes.h"
69 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
71 #include "insn-config.h"
79 #include "dwarf2out.h"
80 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
86 #include "diagnostic.h"
89 #include "langhooks.h"
94 #include "tree-pass.h"
96 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
97 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *, int, bool);
99 static rtx last_var_location_insn;
102 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
103 int vms_file_stats_name (const char *, long long *, long *, char *, int *);
105 /* Define this macro to be a nonzero value if the directory specifications
106 which are output in the debug info should end with a separator. */
107 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 1
108 /* Define this macro to evaluate to a nonzero value if GCC should refrain
109 from generating indirect strings in DWARF2 debug information, for instance
110 if your target is stuck with an old version of GDB that is unable to
111 process them properly or uses VMS Debug. */
112 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 1
114 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 0
115 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 0
118 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
119 # ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
120 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO \
121 (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG)
123 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO 0
127 /* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has
128 collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in
129 .debug_frame and .eh_frame. */
130 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT
131 #define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO)
134 /* Save the result of dwarf2out_do_frame across PCH. */
135 static GTY(()) bool saved_do_cfi_asm = 0;
137 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
141 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
143 /* We want to emit correct CFA location expressions or lists, so we
144 have to return true if we're going to output debug info, even if
145 we're not going to output frame or unwind info. */
146 return (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
147 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
148 || DWARF2_FRAME_INFO || saved_do_cfi_asm
149 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
150 || (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
151 && (flag_unwind_tables
152 || (flag_exceptions && ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)))
157 /* Decide whether to emit frame unwind via assembler directives. */
160 dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm (void)
164 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
167 if (!flag_dwarf2_cfi_asm || !dwarf2out_do_frame ())
169 if (saved_do_cfi_asm)
171 if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_PERSONALITY_DIRECTIVE)
174 /* Make sure the personality encoding is one the assembler can support.
175 In particular, aligned addresses can't be handled. */
176 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,/*global=*/1);
177 if ((enc & 0x70) != 0 && (enc & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel)
179 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,/*global=*/0);
180 if ((enc & 0x70) != 0 && (enc & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel)
183 if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE)
185 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
188 if (USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS || (!flag_unwind_tables && !flag_exceptions))
193 saved_do_cfi_asm = true;
197 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
199 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
202 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
203 must be kept around forever. */
204 static GTY(()) VEC(rtx,gc) *used_rtx_array;
206 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
207 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a
208 VEC(tree,gc) because we want to tell the garbage collector about
210 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *incomplete_types;
212 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
213 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
214 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
215 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
216 define type declaration DIE's. */
217 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *decl_scope_table;
219 /* Pointers to various DWARF2 sections. */
220 static GTY(()) section *debug_info_section;
221 static GTY(()) section *debug_abbrev_section;
222 static GTY(()) section *debug_aranges_section;
223 static GTY(()) section *debug_macinfo_section;
224 static GTY(()) section *debug_line_section;
225 static GTY(()) section *debug_loc_section;
226 static GTY(()) section *debug_pubnames_section;
227 static GTY(()) section *debug_pubtypes_section;
228 static GTY(()) section *debug_dcall_section;
229 static GTY(()) section *debug_vcall_section;
230 static GTY(()) section *debug_str_section;
231 static GTY(()) section *debug_ranges_section;
232 static GTY(()) section *debug_frame_section;
234 /* Personality decl of current unit. Used only when assembler does not support
236 static GTY(()) rtx current_unit_personality;
238 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
239 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
240 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
243 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct *dw_cfi_ref;
244 typedef struct dw_fde_struct *dw_fde_ref;
245 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct *dw_cfi_oprnd_ref;
247 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
248 Information instructions. The register number, offset
249 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
250 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
252 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type {
254 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num,
260 typedef union GTY(()) dw_cfi_oprnd_struct {
261 unsigned int GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num;
262 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset;
263 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr;
264 struct dw_loc_descr_struct * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc;
268 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_cfi_struct {
269 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next;
270 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc;
271 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
273 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
278 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
279 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
280 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
281 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
282 of this structure. */
283 typedef struct GTY(()) cfa_loc {
284 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
285 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset;
287 BOOL_BITFIELD indirect : 1; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
288 BOOL_BITFIELD in_use : 1; /* 1 if a saved cfa is stored here. */
291 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
292 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
293 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
294 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
295 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
297 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_fde_struct {
299 const char *dw_fde_begin;
300 const char *dw_fde_current_label;
301 const char *dw_fde_end;
302 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_label;
303 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_end_label;
304 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_label;
305 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label;
306 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi;
307 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_switch_cfi; /* Last CFI before switching sections. */
308 unsigned funcdef_number;
309 HOST_WIDE_INT stack_realignment;
310 /* Dynamic realign argument pointer register. */
311 unsigned int drap_reg;
312 /* Virtual dynamic realign argument pointer register. */
313 unsigned int vdrap_reg;
314 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls : 1;
315 unsigned nothrow : 1;
316 unsigned uses_eh_lsda : 1;
317 /* Whether we did stack realign in this call frame. */
318 unsigned stack_realign : 1;
319 /* Whether dynamic realign argument pointer register has been saved. */
320 unsigned drap_reg_saved: 1;
321 /* True iff dw_fde_begin label is in text_section or cold_text_section. */
322 unsigned in_std_section : 1;
323 /* True iff dw_fde_unlikely_section_label is in text_section or
324 cold_text_section. */
325 unsigned cold_in_std_section : 1;
326 /* True iff switched sections. */
327 unsigned dw_fde_switched_sections : 1;
328 /* True iff switching from cold to hot section. */
329 unsigned dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot : 1;
333 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
334 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
336 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
337 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
338 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
339 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
341 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
342 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
345 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
346 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
347 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
350 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
351 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
354 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF 4 type signature. */
356 #ifndef DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
357 #define DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE 8
360 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
361 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
362 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
365 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
366 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
368 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
369 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
372 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
373 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
374 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
376 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
377 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
378 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
379 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
381 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
385 /* CIE identifier. */
386 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64
387 #define DWARF_CIE_ID \
388 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? DW_CIE_ID : DW64_CIE_ID)
390 #define DWARF_CIE_ID DW_CIE_ID
393 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
394 information for each routine. */
395 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table;
397 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
398 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated;
400 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
401 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use;
403 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
405 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
407 /* Get the current fde_table entry we should use. */
409 static inline dw_fde_ref
412 return fde_table_in_use ? &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1] : NULL;
415 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
416 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head;
418 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
419 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
420 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
421 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
422 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
423 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde;
426 struct GTY(()) indirect_string_node {
428 unsigned int refcount;
429 enum dwarf_form form;
433 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node))) htab_t debug_str_hash;
435 /* True if the compilation unit has location entries that reference
437 static GTY(()) bool debug_str_hash_forced = false;
439 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter;
440 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num;
442 /* True if the compilation unit places functions in more than one section. */
443 static GTY(()) bool have_multiple_function_sections = false;
445 /* Whether the default text and cold text sections have been used at all. */
447 static GTY(()) bool text_section_used = false;
448 static GTY(()) bool cold_text_section_used = false;
450 /* The default cold text section. */
451 static GTY(()) section *cold_text_section;
453 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
455 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
457 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
458 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
459 static dw_cfi_ref new_cfi (void);
460 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *, dw_cfi_ref);
461 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref);
462 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref, dw_cfa_location *, dw_cfa_location *);
463 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *);
464 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT);
465 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
466 static void initial_return_save (rtx);
468 static HOST_WIDE_INT stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT,
470 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref, dw_fde_ref, int);
471 static void output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref);
472 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
473 static void dwarf2out_note_section_used (void);
474 static void flush_queued_reg_saves (void);
475 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx);
476 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx, const char *);
478 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
479 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref);
480 static void output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref);
481 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *,
482 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *);
483 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_loc
484 (dw_cfa_location *, HOST_WIDE_INT);
485 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_aligned_loc
486 (HOST_WIDE_INT, HOST_WIDE_INT);
487 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location *);
489 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
490 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
491 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
494 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
495 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
496 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
498 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
499 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
502 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
503 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
506 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
507 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
510 #ifndef FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
511 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
513 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
514 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
515 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
516 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
517 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
518 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
519 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
520 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
521 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
522 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
524 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
525 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
527 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
529 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
531 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
535 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
536 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
537 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
538 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
541 /* Hook used by __throw. */
544 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
546 unsigned int dwarf_regnum = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
547 return GEN_INT (DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (dwarf_regnum, 1));
550 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
551 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
554 stripattributes (const char *s)
556 char *stripped = XNEWVEC (char, strlen (s) + 2);
561 while (*s && *s != ',')
568 /* MEM is a memory reference for the register size table, each element of
569 which has mode MODE. Initialize column C as a return address column. */
572 init_return_column_size (enum machine_mode mode, rtx mem, unsigned int c)
574 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = c * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
575 HOST_WIDE_INT size = GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode);
576 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset), GEN_INT (size));
579 /* Divide OFF by DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, asserting no remainder. */
581 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
582 div_data_align (HOST_WIDE_INT off)
584 HOST_WIDE_INT r = off / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
585 gcc_assert (r * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT == off);
589 /* Return true if we need a signed version of a given opcode
590 (e.g. DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf vs DW_CFA_offset_extended). */
593 need_data_align_sf_opcode (HOST_WIDE_INT off)
595 return DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT < 0 ? off > 0 : off < 0;
598 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
601 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address)
604 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (char_type_node);
605 rtx addr = expand_normal (address);
606 rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, addr);
607 bool wrote_return_column = false;
609 for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
611 int rnum = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i), 1);
613 if (rnum < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS)
615 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = rnum * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
616 enum machine_mode save_mode = reg_raw_mode[i];
619 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i, save_mode))
620 save_mode = choose_hard_reg_mode (i, 1, true);
621 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
623 if (save_mode == VOIDmode)
625 wrote_return_column = true;
627 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode);
631 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset),
632 gen_int_mode (size, mode));
636 if (!wrote_return_column)
637 init_return_column_size (mode, mem, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN);
639 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
640 init_return_column_size (mode, mem, DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN);
643 targetm.init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra (address);
646 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
649 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc)
653 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
654 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
656 return "DW_CFA_offset";
658 return "DW_CFA_restore";
662 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
663 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
664 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
665 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
666 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
667 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
668 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
669 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
670 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
671 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
672 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
673 case DW_CFA_undefined:
674 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
675 case DW_CFA_same_value:
676 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
677 case DW_CFA_register:
678 return "DW_CFA_register";
679 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
680 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
681 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
682 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
684 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
685 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
686 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
687 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
688 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
691 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
692 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
693 case DW_CFA_expression:
694 return "DW_CFA_expression";
695 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
696 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
697 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
698 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
699 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
700 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
702 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
703 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
704 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
707 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
708 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
709 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
710 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
711 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
712 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
715 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
719 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
721 static inline dw_cfi_ref
724 dw_cfi_ref cfi = GGC_NEW (dw_cfi_node);
726 cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
727 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
728 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
733 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
736 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *list_head, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
739 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
741 /* When DRAP is used, CFA is defined with an expression. Redefine
742 CFA may lead to a different CFA value. */
743 /* ??? Of course, this heuristic fails when we're annotating epilogues,
744 because of course we'll always want to redefine the CFA back to the
745 stack pointer on the way out. Where should we move this check? */
746 if (0 && fde && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM)
747 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
749 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
750 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
751 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
753 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
760 /* Find the end of the chain. */
761 for (p = list_head; (*p) != NULL; p = &(*p)->dw_cfi_next)
767 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. FORCE is true
768 if a label needs to be output even when using .cfi_* directives. */
771 dwarf2out_cfi_label (bool force)
773 static char label[20];
775 if (!force && dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
777 /* In this case, we will be emitting the asm directive instead of
778 the label, so just return a placeholder to keep the rest of the
780 strcpy (label, "<do not output>");
784 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num++);
785 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
791 /* True if remember_state should be emitted before following CFI directive. */
792 static bool emit_cfa_remember;
794 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
795 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
798 add_fde_cfi (const char *label, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
800 dw_cfi_ref *list_head;
802 if (emit_cfa_remember)
804 dw_cfi_ref cfi_remember;
806 /* Emit the state save. */
807 emit_cfa_remember = false;
808 cfi_remember = new_cfi ();
809 cfi_remember->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_remember_state;
810 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi_remember);
813 list_head = &cie_cfi_head;
815 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
819 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
821 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
823 /* We still have to add the cfi to the list so that lookup_cfa
824 works later on. When -g2 and above we even need to force
825 emitting of CFI labels and add to list a DW_CFA_set_loc for
826 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list purposes. If we're generating
827 DWARF3 output we use DW_OP_call_frame_cfa and so don't use
828 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list. */
829 if (dwarf_version == 2
830 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
831 && (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
832 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG))
834 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
836 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
837 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
838 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
840 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
841 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
842 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
843 if (*label == 0 || strcmp (label, "<do not output>") == 0)
844 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (true);
846 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
847 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
851 label = xstrdup (label);
853 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
855 /* It doesn't metter whether DW_CFA_set_loc
856 or DW_CFA_advance_loc4 is added here, those aren't
857 emitted into assembly, only looked up by
858 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list. */
859 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_set_loc;
860 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
861 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
862 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label;
870 output_cfi_directive (cfi);
872 list_head = &fde->dw_fde_cfi;
874 /* ??? If this is a CFI for the CIE, we don't emit. This
875 assumes that the standard CIE contents that the assembler
876 uses matches the standard CIE contents that the compiler
877 uses. This is probably a bad assumption. I'm not quite
878 sure how to address this for now. */
882 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
884 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
887 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
889 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
890 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
894 label = xstrdup (label);
896 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
898 /* If we have a current label, advance from there, otherwise
899 set the location directly using set_loc. */
900 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = fde->dw_fde_current_label
901 ? DW_CFA_advance_loc4
903 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
904 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
906 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label;
909 list_head = &fde->dw_fde_cfi;
912 add_cfi (list_head, cfi);
915 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
918 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_cfa_location *loc, dw_cfa_location *remember)
920 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
922 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
923 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
924 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset;
926 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
927 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
930 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
931 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
932 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset;
934 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
935 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc);
938 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
939 gcc_assert (!remember->in_use);
941 remember->in_use = 1;
943 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
944 gcc_assert (remember->in_use);
946 remember->in_use = 0;
954 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
957 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *loc)
961 dw_cfa_location remember;
963 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
964 loc->reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
967 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
968 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc, &remember);
970 fde = current_fde ();
972 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
973 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc, &remember);
976 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
977 static dw_cfa_location cfa;
979 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
981 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store;
983 /* The current save location around an epilogue. */
984 static dw_cfa_location cfa_remember;
986 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
987 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size;
989 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
990 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size;
992 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
993 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
994 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
997 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1001 loc.base_offset = 0;
1003 loc.offset = offset;
1004 def_cfa_1 (label, &loc);
1007 /* Determine if two dw_cfa_location structures define the same data. */
1010 cfa_equal_p (const dw_cfa_location *loc1, const dw_cfa_location *loc2)
1012 return (loc1->reg == loc2->reg
1013 && loc1->offset == loc2->offset
1014 && loc1->indirect == loc2->indirect
1015 && (loc1->indirect == 0
1016 || loc1->base_offset == loc2->base_offset));
1019 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
1020 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
1023 def_cfa_1 (const char *label, dw_cfa_location *loc_p)
1026 dw_cfa_location old_cfa, loc;
1031 if (cfa_store.reg == loc.reg && loc.indirect == 0)
1032 cfa_store.offset = loc.offset;
1034 loc.reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc.reg);
1035 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa);
1037 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
1038 if (cfa_equal_p (&loc, &old_cfa))
1043 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && !loc.indirect)
1045 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction, indicating
1046 the CFA register did not change but the offset did. The data
1047 factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf happens in output_cfi, or
1048 in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa_offset directive. */
1050 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf;
1052 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset;
1053 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
1056 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
1057 else if (loc.offset == old_cfa.offset
1058 && old_cfa.reg != INVALID_REGNUM
1061 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
1062 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
1063 offset has not changed. */
1064 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_register;
1065 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
1069 else if (loc.indirect == 0)
1071 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
1072 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
1073 the specified offset. The data factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
1074 happens in output_cfi, or in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa
1077 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf;
1079 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
1080 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
1081 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
1085 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
1086 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
1087 register-offset pair is available. */
1088 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc_list;
1090 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression;
1091 loc_list = build_cfa_loc (&loc, 0);
1092 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc = loc_list;
1095 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1098 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
1099 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
1100 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
1101 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
1104 reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, unsigned int sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1106 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
1107 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
1109 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
1111 /* When stack is aligned, store REG using DW_CFA_expression with
1114 && fde->stack_realign
1115 && sreg == INVALID_REGNUM)
1117 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_expression;
1118 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
1119 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc
1120 = build_cfa_aligned_loc (offset, fde->stack_realignment);
1122 else if (sreg == INVALID_REGNUM)
1124 if (need_data_align_sf_opcode (offset))
1125 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf;
1126 else if (reg & ~0x3f)
1127 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended;
1129 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset;
1130 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = offset;
1132 else if (sreg == reg)
1133 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_same_value;
1136 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_register;
1137 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = sreg;
1140 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1143 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
1144 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
1145 from the previous frame's window save area.
1147 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
1148 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
1151 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label)
1153 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
1155 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_window_save;
1156 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1159 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
1160 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1163 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1165 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg), INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
1168 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
1169 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1172 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1174 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
1177 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
1178 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
1181 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label, unsigned int sreg)
1183 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (sreg), 0);
1186 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
1187 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
1188 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
1191 initial_return_save (rtx rtl)
1193 unsigned int reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
1194 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
1196 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
1199 /* RA is in a register. */
1200 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl));
1204 /* RA is on the stack. */
1205 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
1206 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
1209 gcc_assert (REGNO (rtl) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1214 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1215 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
1219 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1220 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
1230 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
1231 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
1232 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
1233 gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
1234 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl, 0));
1241 if (reg != DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
1242 reg_save (NULL, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, reg, offset - cfa.offset);
1246 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
1249 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1250 stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx pattern, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size,
1251 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_offset)
1253 const_rtx src = SET_SRC (pattern);
1254 const_rtx dest = SET_DEST (pattern);
1255 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
1258 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1260 code = GET_CODE (src);
1262 /* Assume (set (reg sp) (reg whatever)) sets args_size
1264 if (code == REG && src != stack_pointer_rtx)
1266 offset = -cur_args_size;
1267 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1270 return offset - cur_offset;
1273 if (! (code == PLUS || code == MINUS)
1274 || XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
1275 || !CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)))
1278 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
1279 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1285 if (MEM_P (src) && !MEM_P (dest))
1289 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1290 src = XEXP (dest, 0);
1291 code = GET_CODE (src);
1297 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1299 rtx val = XEXP (XEXP (src, 1), 1);
1300 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1301 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == PLUS
1302 && CONST_INT_P (val));
1303 offset = -INTVAL (val);
1310 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1312 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1319 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1321 offset = -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1336 /* Precomputed args_size for CODE_LABELs and BARRIERs preceeding them,
1337 indexed by INSN_UID. */
1339 static HOST_WIDE_INT *barrier_args_size;
1341 /* Helper function for compute_barrier_args_size. Handle one insn. */
1343 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1344 compute_barrier_args_size_1 (rtx insn, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size,
1345 VEC (rtx, heap) **next)
1347 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
1350 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
1352 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn))
1354 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
1355 offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn), cur_args_size, 0);
1356 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
1357 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
1359 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1361 for (i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1362 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
1363 offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i),
1364 cur_args_size, offset);
1369 rtx expr = find_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, NULL_RTX);
1373 expr = XEXP (expr, 0);
1374 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL
1375 || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
1376 for (i = 1; i < XVECLEN (expr, 0); i++)
1378 rtx elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, i);
1380 if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET && !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem))
1381 offset += stack_adjust_offset (elem, cur_args_size, offset);
1386 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1390 cur_args_size += offset;
1391 if (cur_args_size < 0)
1396 rtx dest = JUMP_LABEL (insn);
1400 if (barrier_args_size [INSN_UID (dest)] < 0)
1402 barrier_args_size [INSN_UID (dest)] = cur_args_size;
1403 VEC_safe_push (rtx, heap, *next, dest);
1408 return cur_args_size;
1411 /* Walk the whole function and compute args_size on BARRIERs. */
1414 compute_barrier_args_size (void)
1416 int max_uid = get_max_uid (), i;
1418 VEC (rtx, heap) *worklist, *next, *tmp;
1420 barrier_args_size = XNEWVEC (HOST_WIDE_INT, max_uid);
1421 for (i = 0; i < max_uid; i++)
1422 barrier_args_size[i] = -1;
1424 worklist = VEC_alloc (rtx, heap, 20);
1425 next = VEC_alloc (rtx, heap, 20);
1426 insn = get_insns ();
1427 barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)] = 0;
1428 VEC_quick_push (rtx, worklist, insn);
1431 while (!VEC_empty (rtx, worklist))
1433 rtx prev, body, first_insn;
1434 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size;
1436 first_insn = insn = VEC_pop (rtx, worklist);
1437 cur_args_size = barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)];
1438 prev = prev_nonnote_insn (insn);
1439 if (prev && BARRIER_P (prev))
1440 barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (prev)] = cur_args_size;
1442 for (; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
1444 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn) || NOTE_P (insn))
1446 if (BARRIER_P (insn))
1451 if (insn == first_insn)
1453 else if (barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)] < 0)
1455 barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)] = cur_args_size;
1460 /* The insns starting with this label have been
1461 already scanned or are in the worklist. */
1466 body = PATTERN (insn);
1467 if (GET_CODE (body) == SEQUENCE)
1469 HOST_WIDE_INT dest_args_size = cur_args_size;
1470 for (i = 1; i < XVECLEN (body, 0); i++)
1471 if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0))
1472 && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (XVECEXP (body, 0, i)))
1474 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, i),
1475 dest_args_size, &next);
1478 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, i),
1479 cur_args_size, &next);
1481 if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0)))
1482 compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0),
1483 dest_args_size, &next);
1486 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0),
1487 cur_args_size, &next);
1491 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (insn, cur_args_size, &next);
1495 if (VEC_empty (rtx, next))
1498 /* Swap WORKLIST with NEXT and truncate NEXT for next iteration. */
1502 VEC_truncate (rtx, next, 0);
1505 VEC_free (rtx, heap, worklist);
1506 VEC_free (rtx, heap, next);
1509 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
1510 pushed onto the stack. */
1513 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT size)
1517 if (size == old_args_size)
1520 old_args_size = size;
1523 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_args_size;
1524 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = size;
1525 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1528 /* Record a stack adjustment of OFFSET bytes. */
1531 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (HOST_WIDE_INT offset, const char *label)
1533 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1534 cfa.offset += offset;
1536 if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1537 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1539 if (ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
1542 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1546 args_size += offset;
1550 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1551 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1552 dwarf2out_args_size (label, args_size);
1555 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1556 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out
1557 how much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1560 dwarf2out_notice_stack_adjust (rtx insn, bool after_p)
1562 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1566 /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so
1567 with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related
1568 insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
1569 epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */
1570 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn))
1573 /* If INSN is an instruction from target of an annulled branch, the
1574 effects are for the target only and so current argument size
1575 shouldn't change at all. */
1577 && INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (final_sequence, 0, 0))
1578 && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (insn))
1581 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1582 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1583 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1585 if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1587 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1588 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1589 if (GET_CODE (insn) == PARALLEL)
1590 insn = XVECEXP (insn, 0, 0);
1591 if (GET_CODE (insn) == SET)
1592 insn = SET_SRC (insn);
1593 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL);
1594 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn, 1)));
1599 if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1601 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1602 dwarf2out_args_size ("", args_size);
1605 else if (BARRIER_P (insn))
1607 /* Don't call compute_barrier_args_size () if the only
1608 BARRIER is at the end of function. */
1609 if (barrier_args_size == NULL && next_nonnote_insn (insn))
1610 compute_barrier_args_size ();
1611 if (barrier_args_size == NULL)
1615 offset = barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)];
1620 offset -= args_size;
1621 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1625 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
1626 offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn), args_size, 0);
1627 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
1628 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
1630 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1632 for (offset = 0, i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1633 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
1634 offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i),
1643 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
1644 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (offset, label);
1649 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1650 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1651 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1653 struct GTY(()) queued_reg_save {
1654 struct queued_reg_save *next;
1656 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset;
1660 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save *queued_reg_saves;
1662 /* The caller's ORIG_REG is saved in SAVED_IN_REG. */
1663 struct GTY(()) reg_saved_in_data {
1668 /* A list of registers saved in other registers.
1669 The list intentionally has a small maximum capacity of 4; if your
1670 port needs more than that, you might consider implementing a
1671 more efficient data structure. */
1672 static GTY(()) struct reg_saved_in_data regs_saved_in_regs[4];
1673 static GTY(()) size_t num_regs_saved_in_regs;
1675 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1676 static const char *last_reg_save_label;
1678 /* Add an entry to QUEUED_REG_SAVES saying that REG is now saved at
1679 SREG, or if SREG is NULL then it is saved at OFFSET to the CFA. */
1682 queue_reg_save (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1684 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1686 /* Duplicates waste space, but it's also necessary to remove them
1687 for correctness, since the queue gets output in reverse
1689 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q != NULL; q = q->next)
1690 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (reg))
1695 q = GGC_NEW (struct queued_reg_save);
1696 q->next = queued_reg_saves;
1697 queued_reg_saves = q;
1701 q->cfa_offset = offset;
1702 q->saved_reg = sreg;
1704 last_reg_save_label = label;
1707 /* Output all the entries in QUEUED_REG_SAVES. */
1710 flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1712 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1714 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1717 unsigned int reg, sreg;
1719 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1720 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (q->reg))
1722 if (q->saved_reg && i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1724 gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
1725 num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
1727 if (i != num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1729 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = q->reg;
1730 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = q->saved_reg;
1733 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->reg));
1735 sreg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->saved_reg));
1737 sreg = INVALID_REGNUM;
1738 reg_save (last_reg_save_label, reg, sreg, q->cfa_offset);
1741 queued_reg_saves = NULL;
1742 last_reg_save_label = NULL;
1745 /* Does INSN clobber any register which QUEUED_REG_SAVES lists a saved
1746 location for? Or, does it clobber a register which we've previously
1747 said that some other register is saved in, and for which we now
1748 have a new location for? */
1751 clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx insn)
1753 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1755 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1758 if (modified_in_p (q->reg, insn))
1760 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1761 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg)
1762 && modified_in_p (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg, insn))
1769 /* Entry point for saving the first register into the second. */
1772 dwarf2out_reg_save_reg (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg)
1775 unsigned int regno, sregno;
1777 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1778 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (reg))
1780 if (i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1782 gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
1783 num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
1785 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = reg;
1786 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = sreg;
1788 regno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg));
1789 sregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (sreg));
1790 reg_save (label, regno, sregno, 0);
1793 /* What register, if any, is currently saved in REG? */
1796 reg_saved_in (rtx reg)
1798 unsigned int regn = REGNO (reg);
1800 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1802 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1803 if (q->saved_reg && regn == REGNO (q->saved_reg))
1806 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1807 if (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg
1808 && regn == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg))
1809 return regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg;
1815 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1816 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1817 value, not an offset. */
1818 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp;
1820 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_DEF_CFA note. */
1823 dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (rtx pat, const char *label)
1825 memset (&cfa, 0, sizeof (cfa));
1827 switch (GET_CODE (pat))
1830 cfa.reg = REGNO (XEXP (pat, 0));
1831 cfa.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (pat, 1));
1835 cfa.reg = REGNO (pat);
1839 /* Recurse and define an expression. */
1843 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1846 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_ADJUST_CFA note. */
1849 dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (rtx pat, const char *label)
1853 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (pat) == SET);
1854 dest = XEXP (pat, 0);
1855 src = XEXP (pat, 1);
1857 switch (GET_CODE (src))
1860 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg);
1861 cfa.offset -= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1871 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1872 gcc_assert (cfa.indirect == 0);
1874 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1877 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_OFFSET note. */
1880 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (rtx set, const char *label)
1882 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1883 rtx src, addr, span;
1885 src = XEXP (set, 1);
1886 addr = XEXP (set, 0);
1887 gcc_assert (MEM_P (addr));
1888 addr = XEXP (addr, 0);
1890 /* As documented, only consider extremely simple addresses. */
1891 switch (GET_CODE (addr))
1894 gcc_assert (REGNO (addr) == cfa.reg);
1895 offset = -cfa.offset;
1898 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (addr, 0)) == cfa.reg);
1899 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (addr, 1)) - cfa.offset;
1905 span = targetm.dwarf_register_span (src);
1907 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with
1908 a different flushing heuristic for epilogues. */
1910 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src)), INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
1913 /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC live.
1914 Queue register saves for each piece of the PARALLEL. */
1917 HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset = offset;
1919 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span) == PARALLEL);
1921 limit = XVECLEN (span, 0);
1922 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
1924 rtx elem = XVECEXP (span, 0, par_index);
1926 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (elem)),
1927 INVALID_REGNUM, span_offset);
1928 span_offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem));
1933 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_REGISTER note. */
1936 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (rtx set, const char *label)
1939 unsigned sregno, dregno;
1941 src = XEXP (set, 1);
1942 dest = XEXP (set, 0);
1945 sregno = DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN;
1947 sregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src));
1949 dregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (dest));
1951 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with
1952 a different flushing heuristic for epilogues. */
1953 reg_save (label, sregno, dregno, 0);
1956 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_RESTORE note. */
1959 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (rtx reg, const char *label)
1961 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
1962 unsigned int regno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg));
1964 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = (regno & ~0x3f ? DW_CFA_restore_extended : DW_CFA_restore);
1965 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = regno;
1967 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1970 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1971 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1972 address) or saves a register to the stack or another register.
1973 LABEL indicates the address of EXPR.
1975 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1976 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1977 users need not read the source code.
1979 The High-Level Picture
1981 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1982 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1983 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1984 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1985 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1987 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1988 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1989 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1990 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1991 saves. This also seems to work.
1993 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1994 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1995 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1996 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1997 It's also assumed that a copy from a call-saved register to another
1998 register is saving that register if RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on
1999 that instruction. If the copy is from a call-saved register to
2000 the *same* register, that means that the register is now the same
2001 value as in the caller.
2003 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
2004 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
2005 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
2006 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
2008 In addition, if a register has previously been saved to a different
2011 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
2013 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
2014 consists of a register and an offset.
2015 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
2016 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
2017 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
2018 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
2019 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
2020 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
2021 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
2023 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
2024 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
2025 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
2028 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
2029 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
2030 and cfa_temp.offset.
2032 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
2035 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
2036 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
2037 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
2039 Rules 16-20: If AND operation happens on sp in prologue, we assume
2040 stack is realigned. We will use a group of DW_OP_XXX
2041 expressions to represent the location of the stored
2042 register instead of CFA+offset.
2046 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
2047 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
2050 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
2051 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2052 cfa.offset unchanged
2053 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2054 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
2057 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
2058 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
2059 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
2060 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
2061 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
2062 if cfa_store.reg==sp
2065 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
2066 effects: cfa.reg = fp
2067 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
2070 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
2071 constraints: <reg1> != fp
2073 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2074 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2075 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
2078 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
2079 constraints: <reg1> != fp
2081 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
2082 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
2085 (set <reg> <const_int>)
2086 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
2087 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
2090 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
2091 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2092 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
2095 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
2099 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
2100 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
2101 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
2104 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
2105 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
2106 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
2108 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
2111 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
2112 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
2113 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
2115 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
2118 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
2121 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2122 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
2125 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
2126 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2127 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
2130 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
2131 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2132 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
2133 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem)
2136 (set <reg> {unspec, unspec_volatile})
2137 effects: target-dependent
2140 (set sp (and: sp <const_int>))
2141 constraints: cfa_store.reg == sp
2142 effects: current_fde.stack_realign = 1
2143 cfa_store.offset = 0
2144 fde->drap_reg = cfa.reg if cfa.reg != sp and cfa.reg != fp
2147 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) (mem (plus (cfa.reg) (const_int))))
2148 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
2151 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) fp)
2152 constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1
2153 effects: cfa_store.offset = 0
2154 cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2157 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) cfa.reg)
2158 constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1
2160 && cfa.indirect == 0
2161 && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2162 effects: Use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression to define cfa
2163 cfa.reg == fde->drap_reg
2166 (set reg fde->drap_reg)
2167 constraints: fde->vdrap_reg == INVALID_REGNUM
2168 effects: fde->vdrap_reg = reg.
2169 (set mem fde->drap_reg)
2170 constraints: fde->drap_reg_saved == 1
2174 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr, const char *label)
2176 rtx src, dest, span;
2177 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
2180 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
2181 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
2182 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
2183 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
2184 flag is set in them. */
2185 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
2188 int limit = XVECLEN (expr, 0);
2191 /* PARALLELs have strict read-modify-write semantics, so we
2192 ought to evaluate every rvalue before changing any lvalue.
2193 It's cumbersome to do that in general, but there's an
2194 easy approximation that is enough for all current users:
2195 handle register saves before register assignments. */
2196 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL)
2197 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
2199 elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index);
2200 if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET
2201 && MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem))
2202 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem) || par_index == 0))
2203 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem, label);
2206 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
2208 elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index);
2209 if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET
2210 && (!MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem)) || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
2211 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem) || par_index == 0))
2212 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem, label);
2213 else if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET
2215 && !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem))
2217 /* Stack adjustment combining might combine some post-prologue
2218 stack adjustment into a prologue stack adjustment. */
2219 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = stack_adjust_offset (elem, args_size, 0);
2222 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (offset, label);
2228 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (expr) == SET);
2230 src = SET_SRC (expr);
2231 dest = SET_DEST (expr);
2235 rtx rsi = reg_saved_in (src);
2240 fde = current_fde ();
2244 && fde->drap_reg == REGNO (src)
2245 && (fde->drap_reg_saved
2249 /* If we are saving dynamic realign argument pointer to a
2250 register, the destination is virtual dynamic realign
2251 argument pointer. It may be used to access argument. */
2254 gcc_assert (fde->vdrap_reg == INVALID_REGNUM);
2255 fde->vdrap_reg = REGNO (dest);
2260 switch (GET_CODE (dest))
2263 switch (GET_CODE (src))
2265 /* Setting FP from SP. */
2267 if (cfa.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (src))
2270 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
2271 relative to the current CFA register.
2273 We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
2274 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
2275 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
2276 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
2277 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
2278 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
2279 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
2283 /* Saving a register in a register. */
2284 gcc_assert (!fixed_regs [REGNO (dest)]
2285 /* For the SPARC and its register window. */
2286 || (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src))
2287 == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN));
2289 /* After stack is aligned, we can only save SP in FP
2290 if drap register is used. In this case, we have
2291 to restore stack pointer with the CFA value and we
2292 don't generate this DWARF information. */
2294 && fde->stack_realign
2295 && REGNO (src) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2296 gcc_assert (REGNO (dest) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2297 && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM
2298 && cfa.reg != REGNO (src));
2300 queue_reg_save (label, src, dest, 0);
2307 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
2311 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)))
2314 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2317 gcc_assert ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 1))
2319 offset = cfa_temp.offset;
2325 if (XEXP (src, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
2327 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
2328 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
2329 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
2331 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM)
2332 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
2335 gcc_assert (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx);
2337 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
2339 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2340 cfa.offset += offset;
2341 if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2342 cfa_store.offset += offset;
2344 else if (dest == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
2347 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
2348 or adjusting the FP */
2349 gcc_assert (frame_pointer_needed);
2351 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2352 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
2353 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)));
2354 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2355 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
2357 cfa.offset += offset;
2358 cfa.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
2362 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS);
2365 if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2366 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
2367 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)))
2369 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
2370 into the FP later on. */
2371 offset = - INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2372 cfa.offset += offset;
2373 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
2374 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
2375 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
2376 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
2380 else if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2381 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
2382 && XEXP (src, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx)
2384 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
2385 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
2386 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
2387 cfa_store.reg = REGNO (dest);
2388 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset;
2392 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM
2393 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)))
2395 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
2396 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2405 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
2406 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (src);
2411 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2412 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
2413 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)));
2415 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest) != cfa_temp.reg)
2416 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
2417 cfa_temp.offset |= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2420 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
2421 which will fill in all of the bits. */
2428 case UNSPEC_VOLATILE:
2429 gcc_assert (targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec);
2430 targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec (label, expr, XINT (src, 1));
2435 /* If this AND operation happens on stack pointer in prologue,
2436 we assume the stack is realigned and we extract the
2438 if (fde && XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
2440 gcc_assert (cfa_store.reg == REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)));
2441 fde->stack_realign = 1;
2442 fde->stack_realignment = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2443 cfa_store.offset = 0;
2445 if (cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2446 && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
2447 fde->drap_reg = cfa.reg;
2455 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2460 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
2462 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)))
2467 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
2468 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1))
2470 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1));
2472 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2473 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
2475 cfa_store.offset += offset;
2476 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2477 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
2479 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
2485 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
2486 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == PRE_INC)
2489 gcc_assert ((REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0))
2490 == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2491 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
2493 cfa_store.offset += offset;
2495 /* Rule 18: If stack is aligned, we will use FP as a
2496 reference to represent the address of the stored
2499 && fde->stack_realign
2500 && src == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
2502 gcc_assert (cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
2503 cfa_store.offset = 0;
2506 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2507 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
2509 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
2513 /* With an offset. */
2520 gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1))
2521 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)));
2522 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1));
2523 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == MINUS)
2526 regno = REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0));
2528 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
2529 offset -= cfa_store.offset;
2532 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
2533 offset -= cfa_temp.offset;
2539 /* Without an offset. */
2542 int regno = REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0));
2544 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
2545 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
2548 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
2549 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
2556 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg
2557 == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)));
2558 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
2559 cfa_temp.offset -= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
2567 /* If the source operand of this MEM operation is not a
2568 register, basically the source is return address. Here
2569 we only care how much stack grew and we don't save it. */
2573 if (REGNO (src) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2574 && REGNO (src) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2575 && (unsigned) REGNO (src) == cfa.reg)
2577 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
2579 if (cfa.offset == 0)
2582 /* If stack is aligned, putting CFA reg into stack means
2583 we can no longer use reg + offset to represent CFA.
2584 Here we use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instead. The
2585 result of this expression equals to the original CFA
2588 && fde->stack_realign
2589 && cfa.indirect == 0
2590 && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
2592 dw_cfa_location cfa_exp;
2594 gcc_assert (fde->drap_reg == cfa.reg);
2596 cfa_exp.indirect = 1;
2597 cfa_exp.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
2598 cfa_exp.base_offset = offset;
2601 fde->drap_reg_saved = 1;
2603 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa_exp);
2607 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
2608 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
2610 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2611 queue_reg_save (label, stack_pointer_rtx, NULL_RTX, offset);
2616 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
2617 calculate the CFA. */
2618 rtx x = XEXP (dest, 0);
2622 gcc_assert (REG_P (x));
2624 cfa.reg = REGNO (x);
2625 cfa.base_offset = offset;
2627 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2632 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2634 span = targetm.dwarf_register_span (src);
2637 queue_reg_save (label, src, NULL_RTX, offset);
2640 /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC
2641 live. Queue register saves for each piece of the
2645 HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset = offset;
2647 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span) == PARALLEL);
2649 limit = XVECLEN (span, 0);
2650 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
2652 rtx elem = XVECEXP (span, 0, par_index);
2654 queue_reg_save (label, elem, NULL_RTX, span_offset);
2655 span_offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem));
2666 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
2667 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
2668 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state.
2670 If AFTER_P is false, we're being called before the insn is emitted,
2671 otherwise after. Call instructions get invoked twice. */
2674 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn, bool after_p)
2678 bool handled_one = false;
2680 if (insn == NULL_RTX)
2684 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
2685 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2687 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
2690 == (unsigned long)DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM));
2692 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
2695 cfa_temp.offset = 0;
2697 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
2699 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = NULL_RTX;
2700 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = NULL_RTX;
2702 num_regs_saved_in_regs = 0;
2704 if (barrier_args_size)
2706 XDELETEVEC (barrier_args_size);
2707 barrier_args_size = NULL;
2712 if (!NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn) || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn))
2713 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2715 if (!RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
2717 /* ??? This should be done unconditionally since stack adjustments
2718 matter if the stack pointer is not the CFA register anymore but
2719 is still used to save registers. */
2720 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
2721 dwarf2out_notice_stack_adjust (insn, after_p);
2725 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
2727 for (note = REG_NOTES (insn); note; note = XEXP (note, 1))
2728 switch (REG_NOTE_KIND (note))
2730 case REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR:
2731 insn = XEXP (note, 0);
2734 case REG_CFA_DEF_CFA:
2735 dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (XEXP (note, 0), label);
2739 case REG_CFA_ADJUST_CFA:
2744 if (GET_CODE (n) == PARALLEL)
2745 n = XVECEXP (n, 0, 0);
2747 dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (n, label);
2751 case REG_CFA_OFFSET:
2754 n = single_set (insn);
2755 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (n, label);
2759 case REG_CFA_REGISTER:
2764 if (GET_CODE (n) == PARALLEL)
2765 n = XVECEXP (n, 0, 0);
2767 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (n, label);
2771 case REG_CFA_RESTORE:
2776 if (GET_CODE (n) == PARALLEL)
2777 n = XVECEXP (n, 0, 0);
2780 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (n, label);
2790 insn = PATTERN (insn);
2792 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn, label);
2795 /* Determine if we need to save and restore CFI information around this
2796 epilogue. If SIBCALL is true, then this is a sibcall epilogue. If
2797 we do need to save/restore, then emit the save now, and insert a
2798 NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE at the appropriate place in the stream. */
2801 dwarf2out_begin_epilogue (rtx insn)
2803 bool saw_frp = false;
2806 /* Scan forward to the return insn, noticing if there are possible
2807 frame related insns. */
2808 for (i = NEXT_INSN (insn); i ; i = NEXT_INSN (i))
2813 /* Look for both regular and sibcalls to end the block. */
2814 if (returnjump_p (i))
2816 if (CALL_P (i) && SIBLING_CALL_P (i))
2819 if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (i)) == SEQUENCE)
2822 rtx seq = PATTERN (i);
2824 if (returnjump_p (XVECEXP (seq, 0, 0)))
2826 if (CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq, 0, 0))
2827 && SIBLING_CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq, 0, 0)))
2830 for (idx = 0; idx < XVECLEN (seq, 0); idx++)
2831 if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (seq, 0, idx)))
2835 if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (i))
2839 /* If the port doesn't emit epilogue unwind info, we don't need a
2840 save/restore pair. */
2844 /* Otherwise, search forward to see if the return insn was the last
2845 basic block of the function. If so, we don't need save/restore. */
2846 gcc_assert (i != NULL);
2847 i = next_real_insn (i);
2851 /* Insert the restore before that next real insn in the stream, and before
2852 a potential NOTE_INSN_EPILOGUE_BEG -- we do need these notes to be
2853 properly nested. This should be after any label or alignment. This
2854 will be pushed into the CFI stream by the function below. */
2857 rtx p = PREV_INSN (i);
2860 if (NOTE_KIND (p) == NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK)
2864 emit_note_before (NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE, i);
2866 emit_cfa_remember = true;
2868 /* And emulate the state save. */
2869 gcc_assert (!cfa_remember.in_use);
2871 cfa_remember.in_use = 1;
2874 /* A "subroutine" of dwarf2out_begin_epilogue. Emit the restore required. */
2877 dwarf2out_frame_debug_restore_state (void)
2879 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
2880 const char *label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
2882 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_restore_state;
2883 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
2885 gcc_assert (cfa_remember.in_use);
2887 cfa_remember.in_use = 0;
2892 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
2893 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
2894 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
2896 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
2897 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
2902 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
2903 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
2904 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
2905 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
2907 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
2908 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
2909 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
2910 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
2911 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
2912 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr;
2915 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
2916 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
2917 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
2918 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
2919 case DW_CFA_restore:
2920 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
2921 case DW_CFA_undefined:
2922 case DW_CFA_same_value:
2923 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
2924 case DW_CFA_register:
2925 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
2927 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
2928 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
2929 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
2930 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
2932 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
2933 case DW_CFA_expression:
2934 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
2941 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
2942 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
2943 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
2945 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
2946 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
2950 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
2951 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
2953 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
2954 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
2955 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
2957 case DW_CFA_register:
2958 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
2961 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
2965 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2967 /* Switch [BACK] to eh_frame_section. If we don't have an eh_frame_section,
2968 switch to the data section instead, and write out a synthetic start label
2969 for collect2 the first time around. */
2972 switch_to_eh_frame_section (bool back)
2976 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
2977 if (eh_frame_section == 0)
2981 if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY)
2987 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1,
2989 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,
2991 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,
2993 flags = ((! flag_pic
2994 || ((fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2995 && (fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2996 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2997 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2998 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2999 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned))
3000 ? 0 : SECTION_WRITE);
3003 flags = SECTION_WRITE;
3004 eh_frame_section = get_section (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME, flags, NULL);
3008 if (eh_frame_section)
3009 switch_to_section (eh_frame_section);
3012 /* We have no special eh_frame section. Put the information in
3013 the data section and emit special labels to guide collect2. */
3014 switch_to_section (data_section);
3018 label = get_file_function_name ("F");
3019 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
3020 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file,
3021 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
3022 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
3027 /* Switch [BACK] to the eh or debug frame table section, depending on
3031 switch_to_frame_table_section (int for_eh, bool back)
3034 switch_to_eh_frame_section (back);
3037 if (!debug_frame_section)
3038 debug_frame_section = get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION,
3039 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
3040 switch_to_section (debug_frame_section);
3044 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
3047 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_fde_ref fde, int for_eh)
3052 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_advance_loc)
3053 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
3054 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset & 0x3f)),
3055 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
3056 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)
3057 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset));
3058 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_offset)
3060 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3061 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
3062 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx", r);
3063 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3064 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off, NULL);
3066 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore)
3068 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3069 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
3070 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx", r);
3074 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_opc,
3075 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi->dw_cfi_opc));
3077 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
3079 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
3081 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
3082 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
3083 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr),
3086 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
3087 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr, NULL);
3088 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3091 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
3092 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3093 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3094 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3097 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
3098 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3099 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3100 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3103 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
3104 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3105 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3106 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3109 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
3110 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3111 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3112 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3115 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
3116 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3117 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3118 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3119 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off, NULL);
3122 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3123 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3124 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3125 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
3128 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
3129 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3130 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3131 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3132 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off, NULL);
3135 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3136 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3137 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3138 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3139 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off, NULL);
3142 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
3143 case DW_CFA_undefined:
3144 case DW_CFA_same_value:
3145 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
3146 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3147 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3150 case DW_CFA_register:
3151 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3152 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3153 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3154 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3157 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3158 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
3159 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
3162 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3163 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3164 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off, NULL);
3167 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
3170 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
3171 case DW_CFA_expression:
3172 output_cfa_loc (cfi);
3175 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
3176 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
3185 /* Similar, but do it via assembler directives instead. */
3188 output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
3190 unsigned long r, r2;
3192 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
3194 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
3195 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
3196 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
3197 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
3198 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
3199 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
3200 /* Should only be created by add_fde_cfi in a code path not
3201 followed when emitting via directives. The assembler is
3202 going to take care of this for us. */
3206 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
3207 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
3208 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3209 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_offset %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC"\n",
3210 r, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3213 case DW_CFA_restore:
3214 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
3215 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3216 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_restore %lu\n", r);
3219 case DW_CFA_undefined:
3220 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3221 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_undefined %lu\n", r);
3224 case DW_CFA_same_value:
3225 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3226 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_same_value %lu\n", r);
3229 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3230 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3231 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3232 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_def_cfa %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC"\n",
3233 r, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3236 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
3237 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3238 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_register %lu\n", r);
3241 case DW_CFA_register:
3242 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3243 r2 = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3244 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_register %lu, %lu\n", r, r2);
3247 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3248 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3249 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_offset "
3250 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC"\n",
3251 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3254 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
3255 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_remember_state\n");
3257 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
3258 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_restore_state\n");
3261 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
3262 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_escape 0x%x,", DW_CFA_GNU_args_size);
3263 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3265 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s args_size "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC,
3266 ASM_COMMENT_START, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3267 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3270 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
3271 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_window_save\n");
3274 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
3275 case DW_CFA_expression:
3276 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_escape 0x%x,", cfi->dw_cfi_opc);
3277 output_cfa_loc_raw (cfi);
3278 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3286 DEF_VEC_P (dw_cfi_ref);
3287 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P (dw_cfi_ref, heap);
3289 /* Output CFIs to bring current FDE to the same state as after executing
3290 CFIs in CFI chain. DO_CFI_ASM is true if .cfi_* directives shall
3291 be emitted, false otherwise. If it is false, FDE and FOR_EH are the
3292 other arguments to pass to output_cfi. */
3295 output_cfis (dw_cfi_ref cfi, bool do_cfi_asm, dw_fde_ref fde, bool for_eh)
3297 struct dw_cfi_struct cfi_buf;
3299 dw_cfi_ref cfi_args_size = NULL, cfi_cfa = NULL, cfi_cfa_offset = NULL;
3300 VEC (dw_cfi_ref, heap) *regs = VEC_alloc (dw_cfi_ref, heap, 32);
3301 unsigned int len, idx;
3303 for (;; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3304 switch (cfi ? cfi->dw_cfi_opc : DW_CFA_nop)
3306 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
3307 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
3308 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
3309 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
3310 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
3311 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
3312 /* All advances should be ignored. */
3314 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
3316 dw_cfi_ref args_size = cfi_args_size;
3318 /* Skip everything between .cfi_remember_state and
3319 .cfi_restore_state. */
3320 for (cfi2 = cfi->dw_cfi_next; cfi2; cfi2 = cfi2->dw_cfi_next)
3321 if (cfi2->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore_state)
3323 else if (cfi2->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_GNU_args_size)
3326 gcc_assert (cfi2->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_remember_state);
3333 cfi_args_size = args_size;
3337 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
3338 cfi_args_size = cfi;
3340 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
3343 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
3344 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
3345 case DW_CFA_restore:
3346 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
3347 case DW_CFA_undefined:
3348 case DW_CFA_same_value:
3349 case DW_CFA_register:
3350 case DW_CFA_val_offset:
3351 case DW_CFA_val_offset_sf:
3352 case DW_CFA_expression:
3353 case DW_CFA_val_expression:
3354 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
3355 if (VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref, regs) <= cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num)
3356 VEC_safe_grow_cleared (dw_cfi_ref, heap, regs,
3357 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num + 1);
3358 VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref, regs, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, cfi);
3360 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3361 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3362 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
3364 cfi_cfa_offset = cfi;
3366 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
3369 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3370 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3371 cfi_cfa_offset = cfi;
3374 gcc_assert (cfi == NULL);
3376 len = VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref, regs);
3377 for (idx = 0; idx < len; idx++)
3379 cfi2 = VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref, regs, idx, NULL);
3381 && cfi2->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_restore
3382 && cfi2->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_restore_extended)
3385 output_cfi_directive (cfi2);
3387 output_cfi (cfi2, fde, for_eh);
3390 if (cfi_cfa && cfi_cfa_offset && cfi_cfa_offset != cfi_cfa)
3392 gcc_assert (cfi_cfa->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression);
3394 switch (cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_opc)
3396 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3397 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
3398 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_oprnd2 = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_oprnd1;
3400 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3401 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf;
3402 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_oprnd2 = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_oprnd1;
3404 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3405 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3406 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_opc = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_opc;
3407 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_oprnd2 = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_oprnd2;
3414 else if (cfi_cfa_offset)
3415 cfi_cfa = cfi_cfa_offset;
3419 output_cfi_directive (cfi_cfa);
3421 output_cfi (cfi_cfa, fde, for_eh);
3424 cfi_cfa_offset = NULL;
3426 && cfi_args_size->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset)
3429 output_cfi_directive (cfi_args_size);
3431 output_cfi (cfi_args_size, fde, for_eh);
3433 cfi_args_size = NULL;
3436 VEC_free (dw_cfi_ref, heap, regs);
3439 else if (do_cfi_asm)
3440 output_cfi_directive (cfi);
3442 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3449 /* Output one FDE. */
3452 output_fde (dw_fde_ref fde, bool for_eh, bool second,
3453 char *section_start_label, int fde_encoding, char *augmentation,
3454 bool any_lsda_needed, int lsda_encoding)
3456 const char *begin, *end;
3457 static unsigned int j;
3458 char l1[20], l2[20];
3461 targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde->decl, for_eh,
3463 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, FDE_LABEL,
3465 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh + j);
3466 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, FDE_END_LABEL, for_eh + j);
3467 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 && !for_eh)
3468 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff, "Initial length escape value"
3469 " indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
3470 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
3472 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
3475 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1, section_start_label, "FDE CIE offset");
3477 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, section_start_label,
3478 debug_frame_section, "FDE CIE offset");
3480 if (!fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
3482 begin = fde->dw_fde_begin;
3483 end = fde->dw_fde_end;
3487 /* For the first section, prefer dw_fde_begin over
3488 dw_fde_{hot,cold}_section_label, as the latter
3489 might be separated from the real start of the
3490 function by alignment padding. */
3492 begin = fde->dw_fde_begin;
3493 else if (fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot)
3494 begin = fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label;
3496 begin = fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label;
3497 if (second ^ fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot)
3498 end = fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label;
3500 end = fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label;
3505 rtx sym_ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, begin);
3506 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
3507 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding, sym_ref, false,
3508 "FDE initial location");
3509 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
3510 end, begin, "FDE address range");
3514 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, begin, "FDE initial location");
3515 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, end, begin, "FDE address range");
3518 if (augmentation[0])
3520 if (any_lsda_needed)
3522 int size = size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding);
3524 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
3526 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
3527 + 4 /* CIE offset */
3528 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding)
3529 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
3530 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
3533 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size) == 1);
3536 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "Augmentation size");
3538 if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
3540 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, second ? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
3541 fde->funcdef_number);
3542 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (lsda_encoding,
3543 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, l1),
3545 "Language Specific Data Area");
3549 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
3550 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
3551 dw2_asm_output_data (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding), 0,
3552 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
3556 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
3559 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
3561 fde->dw_fde_current_label = begin;
3562 if (!fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
3563 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3564 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3567 if (fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi)
3568 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3570 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3571 if (cfi == fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi)
3577 dw_cfi_ref cfi_next = fde->dw_fde_cfi;
3579 if (fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi)
3581 cfi_next = fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi->dw_cfi_next;
3582 fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
3583 output_cfis (fde->dw_fde_cfi, false, fde, for_eh);
3584 fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi->dw_cfi_next = cfi_next;
3586 for (cfi = cfi_next; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3587 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3590 /* If we are to emit a ref/link from function bodies to their frame tables,
3591 do it now. This is typically performed to make sure that tables
3592 associated with functions are dragged with them and not discarded in
3593 garbage collecting links. We need to do this on a per function basis to
3594 cope with -ffunction-sections. */
3596 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF
3597 /* Switch to the function section, emit the ref to the tables, and
3598 switch *back* into the table section. */
3599 switch_to_section (function_section (fde->decl));
3600 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF (section_start_label);
3601 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh, true);
3604 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
3605 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
3606 floor_log2 ((for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)));
3607 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
3612 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
3613 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
3614 location of saved registers. */
3617 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh)
3622 char l1[20], l2[20], section_start_label[20];
3623 bool any_lsda_needed = false;
3624 char augmentation[6];
3625 int augmentation_size;
3626 int fde_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
3627 int per_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
3628 int lsda_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
3630 rtx personality = NULL;
3633 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
3634 if (fde_table_in_use == 0)
3637 /* Nothing to do if the assembler's doing it all. */
3638 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
3641 /* If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to emit an empty label for
3642 an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We want to avoid
3643 having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to is
3644 discarded. Example where this matters: a primary function
3645 template in C++ requires EH information, but an explicit
3646 specialization doesn't. */
3647 if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
3648 && ! flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
3651 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
3652 if ((fde_table[i].nothrow || fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
3653 && !fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda
3654 && ! DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
3655 targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde_table[i].decl,
3656 for_eh, /* empty */ 1);
3658 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
3659 emit any EH unwind information. Note that if exceptions aren't
3660 enabled, we won't have collected nothrow information, and if we
3661 asked for asynchronous tables, we always want this info. */
3664 bool any_eh_needed = !flag_exceptions || flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables;
3666 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
3667 if (fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda)
3668 any_eh_needed = any_lsda_needed = true;
3669 else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
3670 any_eh_needed = true;
3671 else if (! fde_table[i].nothrow
3672 && ! fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
3673 any_eh_needed = true;
3675 if (! any_eh_needed)
3679 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
3683 /* Switch to the proper frame section, first time. */
3684 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh, false);
3686 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL, for_eh);
3687 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, section_start_label);
3689 /* Output the CIE. */
3690 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh);
3691 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, CIE_END_LABEL, for_eh);
3692 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 && !for_eh)
3693 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
3694 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
3695 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
3696 "Length of Common Information Entry");
3697 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
3699 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
3700 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
3701 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE),
3702 (for_eh ? 0 : DWARF_CIE_ID),
3703 "CIE Identifier Tag");
3705 /* Use the CIE version 3 for DWARF3; allow DWARF2 to continue to
3706 use CIE version 1, unless that would produce incorrect results
3707 due to overflowing the return register column. */
3708 return_reg = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, for_eh);
3710 if (return_reg >= 256 || dwarf_version > 2)
3712 dw2_asm_output_data (1, dw_cie_version, "CIE Version");
3714 augmentation[0] = 0;
3715 augmentation_size = 0;
3717 personality = current_unit_personality;
3723 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
3724 augmentation section.
3725 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
3726 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
3727 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
3729 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
3730 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
3732 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
3733 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
3734 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
3736 p = augmentation + 1;
3740 augmentation_size += 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding);
3741 assemble_external_libcall (personality);
3743 if (any_lsda_needed)
3746 augmentation_size += 1;
3748 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
3751 augmentation_size += 1;
3753 if (p > augmentation + 1)
3755 augmentation[0] = 'z';
3759 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
3760 if (personality && per_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
3762 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
3764 + 1 /* CIE version */
3765 + strlen (augmentation) + 1 /* Augmentation */
3766 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
3767 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT)
3769 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
3770 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
3771 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
3773 augmentation_size += pad;
3775 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
3776 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
3777 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size) == 1);
3781 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
3782 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
3783 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT,
3784 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
3786 if (dw_cie_version == 1)
3787 dw2_asm_output_data (1, return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
3789 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
3791 if (augmentation[0])
3793 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size, "Augmentation size");
3796 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding, "Personality (%s)",
3797 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding));
3798 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding,
3803 if (any_lsda_needed)
3804 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
3805 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding));
3807 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
3808 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
3809 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding));
3812 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3813 output_cfi (cfi, NULL, for_eh);
3815 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
3816 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
3817 floor_log2 (for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE));
3818 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
3820 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
3821 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
3824 fde = &fde_table[i];
3826 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
3827 if (for_eh && !flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && flag_exceptions
3828 && (fde->nothrow || fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
3829 && ! (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
3830 && !fde->uses_eh_lsda)
3833 for (k = 0; k < (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections ? 2 : 1); k++)
3834 output_fde (fde, for_eh, k, section_start_label, fde_encoding,
3835 augmentation, any_lsda_needed, lsda_encoding);
3838 if (for_eh && targetm.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info)
3839 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
3840 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
3841 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
3842 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
3843 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, 0);
3846 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
3851 /* Emit .cfi_startproc and .cfi_personality/.cfi_lsda if needed. */
3854 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (bool second)
3858 rtx personality = get_personality_function (current_function_decl);
3860 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_startproc\n");
3864 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
3867 /* ??? The GAS support isn't entirely consistent. We have to
3868 handle indirect support ourselves, but PC-relative is done
3869 in the assembler. Further, the assembler can't handle any
3870 of the weirder relocation types. */
3871 if (enc & DW_EH_PE_indirect)
3872 ref = dw2_force_const_mem (ref, true);
3874 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_personality 0x%x,", enc);
3875 output_addr_const (asm_out_file, ref);
3876 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3879 if (crtl->uses_eh_lsda)
3883 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
3884 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (lab, second ? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
3885 current_function_funcdef_no);
3886 ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, lab);
3887 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (ref) = SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
3889 if (enc & DW_EH_PE_indirect)
3890 ref = dw2_force_const_mem (ref, true);
3892 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_lsda 0x%x,", enc);
3893 output_addr_const (asm_out_file, ref);
3894 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3898 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
3902 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3903 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3905 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3910 current_function_func_begin_label = NULL;
3912 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
3913 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
3914 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
3916 if ((! flag_exceptions || USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
3917 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3920 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3924 fnsec = function_section (current_function_decl);
3925 switch_to_section (fnsec);
3926 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
3927 current_function_funcdef_no);
3928 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
3929 current_function_funcdef_no);
3930 dup_label = xstrdup (label);
3931 current_function_func_begin_label = dup_label;
3933 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
3934 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
3935 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3939 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
3940 if (fde_table_in_use == fde_table_allocated)
3942 fde_table_allocated += FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
3943 fde_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_fde_node, fde_table, fde_table_allocated);
3944 memset (fde_table + fde_table_in_use, 0,
3945 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
3948 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
3949 current_funcdef_fde = fde_table_in_use;
3951 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
3952 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use++];
3953 fde->decl = current_function_decl;
3954 fde->dw_fde_begin = dup_label;
3955 fde->dw_fde_current_label = dup_label;
3956 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label = NULL;
3957 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label = NULL;
3958 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label = NULL;
3959 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label = NULL;
3960 fde->dw_fde_switched_sections = 0;
3961 fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot = 0;
3962 fde->dw_fde_end = NULL;
3963 fde->dw_fde_cfi = NULL;
3964 fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi = NULL;
3965 fde->funcdef_number = current_function_funcdef_no;
3966 fde->nothrow = crtl->nothrow;
3967 fde->uses_eh_lsda = crtl->uses_eh_lsda;
3968 fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls = crtl->all_throwers_are_sibcalls;
3969 fde->drap_reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
3970 fde->vdrap_reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
3971 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
3973 section *unlikelysec;
3974 if (first_function_block_is_cold)
3975 fde->in_std_section = 1;
3978 = (fnsec == text_section
3979 || (cold_text_section && fnsec == cold_text_section));
3980 unlikelysec = unlikely_text_section ();
3981 fde->cold_in_std_section
3982 = (unlikelysec == text_section
3983 || (cold_text_section && unlikelysec == cold_text_section));
3988 = (fnsec == text_section
3989 || (cold_text_section && fnsec == cold_text_section));
3990 fde->cold_in_std_section = 0;
3993 args_size = old_args_size = 0;
3995 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
3996 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
3997 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3999 dwarf2out_source_line (line, file, 0, true);
4002 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4003 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (false);
4006 rtx personality = get_personality_function (current_function_decl);
4007 if (!current_unit_personality)
4008 current_unit_personality = personality;
4010 /* We cannot keep a current personality per function as without CFI
4011 asm at the point where we emit the CFI data there is no current
4012 function anymore. */
4014 && current_unit_personality != personality)
4015 sorry ("Multiple EH personalities are supported only with assemblers "
4016 "supporting .cfi.personality directive.");
4020 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
4021 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
4025 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4026 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4029 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4031 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4032 last_var_location_insn = NULL_RTX;
4035 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4036 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
4038 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
4040 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_END_LABEL,
4041 current_function_funcdef_no);
4042 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
4043 fde = current_fde ();
4044 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
4045 fde->dw_fde_end = xstrdup (label);
4049 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
4051 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
4052 fde_table = GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_fde_node, FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT);
4053 fde_table_allocated = FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
4054 fde_table_in_use = 0;
4056 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
4057 sake of lookup_cfa. */
4059 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
4060 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET);
4062 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
4063 if (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO || DWARF2_FRAME_INFO)
4064 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX);
4069 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
4071 /* Output call frame information. */
4072 if (DWARF2_FRAME_INFO)
4073 output_call_frame_info (0);
4075 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
4076 /* Output another copy for the unwinder. */
4077 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS && (flag_unwind_tables || flag_exceptions))
4078 output_call_frame_info (1);
4082 /* Note that the current function section is being used for code. */
4085 dwarf2out_note_section_used (void)
4087 section *sec = current_function_section ();
4088 if (sec == text_section)
4089 text_section_used = true;
4090 else if (sec == cold_text_section)
4091 cold_text_section_used = true;
4095 dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void)
4097 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
4099 gcc_assert (cfun && fde && !fde->dw_fde_switched_sections);
4101 fde->dw_fde_switched_sections = 1;
4102 fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot = !in_cold_section_p;
4104 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label = crtl->subsections.hot_section_label;
4105 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label = crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label;
4106 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label = crtl->subsections.cold_section_label;
4107 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label = crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label;
4108 have_multiple_function_sections = true;
4110 /* Reset the current label on switching text sections, so that we
4111 don't attempt to advance_loc4 between labels in different sections. */
4112 fde->dw_fde_current_label = NULL;
4114 /* There is no need to mark used sections when not debugging. */
4115 if (cold_text_section != NULL)
4116 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
4118 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4119 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
4121 /* Now do the real section switch. */
4122 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
4124 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4126 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (true);
4127 /* As this is a different FDE, insert all current CFI instructions
4129 output_cfis (fde->dw_fde_cfi, true, fde, true);
4133 dw_cfi_ref cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi;
4135 cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi;
4137 while (cfi->dw_cfi_next != NULL)
4138 cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next;
4139 fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi = cfi;
4144 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
4145 for emitting location expressions. */
4147 /* Data about a single source file. */
4148 struct GTY(()) dwarf_file_data {
4149 const char * filename;
4153 typedef struct dw_val_struct *dw_val_ref;
4154 typedef struct die_struct *dw_die_ref;
4155 typedef const struct die_struct *const_dw_die_ref;
4156 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct *dw_loc_descr_ref;
4157 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct *dw_loc_list_ref;
4159 typedef struct GTY(()) deferred_locations_struct
4163 } deferred_locations;
4165 DEF_VEC_O(deferred_locations);
4166 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(deferred_locations,gc);
4168 static GTY(()) VEC(deferred_locations, gc) *deferred_locations_list;
4170 DEF_VEC_P(dw_die_ref);
4171 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P(dw_die_ref,heap);
4173 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
4174 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
4175 implementation are listed below. */
4180 dw_val_class_offset,
4182 dw_val_class_loc_list,
4183 dw_val_class_range_list,
4185 dw_val_class_unsigned_const,
4186 dw_val_class_const_double,
4189 dw_val_class_die_ref,
4190 dw_val_class_fde_ref,
4191 dw_val_class_lbl_id,
4192 dw_val_class_lineptr,
4194 dw_val_class_macptr,
4199 /* Describe a floating point constant value, or a vector constant value. */
4201 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_vec_struct {
4202 unsigned char * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array;
4208 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
4209 represented internally. */
4211 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_val_struct {
4212 enum dw_val_class val_class;
4213 union dw_val_struct_union
4215 rtx GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr;
4216 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset;
4217 dw_loc_list_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list;
4218 dw_loc_descr_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc;
4219 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((default)) val_int;
4220 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned;
4221 double_int GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_const_double"))) val_double;
4222 dw_vec_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vec"))) val_vec;
4223 struct dw_val_die_union
4227 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref;
4228 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index;
4229 struct indirect_string_node * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str;
4230 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id;
4231 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag;
4232 struct dwarf_file_data * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_file"))) val_file;
4233 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_data8"))) val_data8[8];
4235 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v;
4239 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
4242 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_descr_struct {
4243 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next;
4244 ENUM_BITFIELD (dwarf_location_atom) dw_loc_opc : 8;
4245 /* Used to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol relocation
4246 from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
4247 unsigned int dtprel : 1;
4249 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1;
4250 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2;
4254 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
4255 so you can track variables that are in different places over
4256 their entire life. */
4257 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_list_struct {
4258 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next;
4259 const char *begin; /* Label for begin address of range */
4260 const char *end; /* Label for end address of range */
4261 char *ll_symbol; /* Label for beginning of location list.
4262 Only on head of list */
4263 const char *section; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
4264 dw_loc_descr_ref expr;
4267 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
4269 static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT);
4271 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
4274 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op)
4279 return "DW_OP_addr";
4281 return "DW_OP_deref";
4283 return "DW_OP_const1u";
4285 return "DW_OP_const1s";
4287 return "DW_OP_const2u";
4289 return "DW_OP_const2s";
4291 return "DW_OP_const4u";
4293 return "DW_OP_const4s";
4295 return "DW_OP_const8u";
4297 return "DW_OP_const8s";
4299 return "DW_OP_constu";
4301 return "DW_OP_consts";
4305 return "DW_OP_drop";
4307 return "DW_OP_over";
4309 return "DW_OP_pick";
4311 return "DW_OP_swap";
4315 return "DW_OP_xderef";
4323 return "DW_OP_minus";
4335 return "DW_OP_plus";
4336 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
4337 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
4343 return "DW_OP_shra";
4361 return "DW_OP_skip";
4363 return "DW_OP_lit0";
4365 return "DW_OP_lit1";
4367 return "DW_OP_lit2";
4369 return "DW_OP_lit3";
4371 return "DW_OP_lit4";
4373 return "DW_OP_lit5";
4375 return "DW_OP_lit6";
4377 return "DW_OP_lit7";
4379 return "DW_OP_lit8";
4381 return "DW_OP_lit9";
4383 return "DW_OP_lit10";
4385 return "DW_OP_lit11";
4387 return "DW_OP_lit12";
4389 return "DW_OP_lit13";
4391 return "DW_OP_lit14";
4393 return "DW_OP_lit15";
4395 return "DW_OP_lit16";
4397 return "DW_OP_lit17";
4399 return "DW_OP_lit18";
4401 return "DW_OP_lit19";
4403 return "DW_OP_lit20";
4405 return "DW_OP_lit21";
4407 return "DW_OP_lit22";
4409 return "DW_OP_lit23";
4411 return "DW_OP_lit24";
4413 return "DW_OP_lit25";
4415 return "DW_OP_lit26";
4417 return "DW_OP_lit27";
4419 return "DW_OP_lit28";
4421 return "DW_OP_lit29";
4423 return "DW_OP_lit30";
4425 return "DW_OP_lit31";
4427 return "DW_OP_reg0";
4429 return "DW_OP_reg1";
4431 return "DW_OP_reg2";
4433 return "DW_OP_reg3";
4435 return "DW_OP_reg4";
4437 return "DW_OP_reg5";
4439 return "DW_OP_reg6";
4441 return "DW_OP_reg7";
4443 return "DW_OP_reg8";
4445 return "DW_OP_reg9";
4447 return "DW_OP_reg10";
4449 return "DW_OP_reg11";
4451 return "DW_OP_reg12";
4453 return "DW_OP_reg13";
4455 return "DW_OP_reg14";
4457 return "DW_OP_reg15";
4459 return "DW_OP_reg16";
4461 return "DW_OP_reg17";
4463 return "DW_OP_reg18";
4465 return "DW_OP_reg19";
4467 return "DW_OP_reg20";
4469 return "DW_OP_reg21";
4471 return "DW_OP_reg22";
4473 return "DW_OP_reg23";
4475 return "DW_OP_reg24";
4477 return "DW_OP_reg25";
4479 return "DW_OP_reg26";
4481 return "DW_OP_reg27";
4483 return "DW_OP_reg28";
4485 return "DW_OP_reg29";
4487 return "DW_OP_reg30";
4489 return "DW_OP_reg31";
4491 return "DW_OP_breg0";
4493 return "DW_OP_breg1";
4495 return "DW_OP_breg2";
4497 return "DW_OP_breg3";
4499 return "DW_OP_breg4";
4501 return "DW_OP_breg5";
4503 return "DW_OP_breg6";
4505 return "DW_OP_breg7";
4507 return "DW_OP_breg8";
4509 return "DW_OP_breg9";
4511 return "DW_OP_breg10";
4513 return "DW_OP_breg11";
4515 return "DW_OP_breg12";
4517 return "DW_OP_breg13";
4519 return "DW_OP_breg14";
4521 return "DW_OP_breg15";
4523 return "DW_OP_breg16";
4525 return "DW_OP_breg17";
4527 return "DW_OP_breg18";
4529 return "DW_OP_breg19";
4531 return "DW_OP_breg20";
4533 return "DW_OP_breg21";
4535 return "DW_OP_breg22";
4537 return "DW_OP_breg23";
4539 return "DW_OP_breg24";
4541 return "DW_OP_breg25";
4543 return "DW_OP_breg26";
4545 return "DW_OP_breg27";
4547 return "DW_OP_breg28";
4549 return "DW_OP_breg29";
4551 return "DW_OP_breg30";
4553 return "DW_OP_breg31";
4555 return "DW_OP_regx";
4557 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
4559 return "DW_OP_bregx";
4561 return "DW_OP_piece";
4562 case DW_OP_deref_size:
4563 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
4564 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
4565 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
4569 case DW_OP_push_object_address:
4570 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
4572 return "DW_OP_call2";
4574 return "DW_OP_call4";
4575 case DW_OP_call_ref:
4576 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
4577 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
4578 return "DW_OP_implicit_value";
4579 case DW_OP_stack_value:
4580 return "DW_OP_stack_value";
4581 case DW_OP_form_tls_address:
4582 return "DW_OP_form_tls_address";
4583 case DW_OP_call_frame_cfa:
4584 return "DW_OP_call_frame_cfa";
4585 case DW_OP_bit_piece:
4586 return "DW_OP_bit_piece";
4588 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address:
4589 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
4590 case DW_OP_GNU_uninit:
4591 return "DW_OP_GNU_uninit";
4592 case DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr:
4593 return "DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr";
4596 return "OP_<unknown>";
4600 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
4601 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
4602 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
4604 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4605 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1,
4606 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2)
4608 dw_loc_descr_ref descr = GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node);
4610 descr->dw_loc_opc = op;
4611 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4612 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned = oprnd1;
4613 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4614 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned = oprnd2;
4619 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description for
4622 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4623 new_reg_loc_descr (unsigned int reg, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
4626 return new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_breg0 + reg),
4629 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, reg, offset);
4632 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
4635 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
4637 dw_loc_descr_ref *d;
4639 /* Find the end of the chain. */
4640 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
4646 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location expression. */
4649 loc_descr_plus_const (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
4651 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
4654 gcc_assert (*list_head != NULL);
4659 /* Find the end of the chain. */
4660 for (loc = *list_head; loc->dw_loc_next != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
4664 if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_fbreg
4665 || (loc->dw_loc_opc >= DW_OP_breg0 && loc->dw_loc_opc <= DW_OP_breg31))
4666 p = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
4667 else if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_bregx)
4668 p = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
4670 /* If the last operation is fbreg, breg{0..31,x}, optimize by adjusting its
4671 offset. Don't optimize if an signed integer overflow would happen. */
4673 && ((offset > 0 && *p <= INTTYPE_MAXIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT) - offset)
4674 || (offset < 0 && *p >= INTTYPE_MINIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT) - offset)))
4677 else if (offset > 0)
4678 loc->dw_loc_next = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, offset, 0);
4682 loc->dw_loc_next = int_loc_descriptor (offset);
4683 add_loc_descr (&loc->dw_loc_next, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
4687 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4688 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location list. */
4691 loc_list_plus_const (dw_loc_list_ref list_head, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
4694 for (d = list_head; d != NULL; d = d->dw_loc_next)
4695 loc_descr_plus_const (&d->expr, offset);
4699 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
4701 static unsigned long
4702 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
4704 unsigned long size = 1;
4706 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
4709 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
4728 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4731 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
4736 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
4737 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4775 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
4778 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4781 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
4784 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4785 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int);
4788 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4790 case DW_OP_deref_size:
4791 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
4800 case DW_OP_call_ref:
4801 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
4803 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
4804 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned)
4805 + loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
4814 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
4816 static unsigned long
4817 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
4822 /* If there are no skip or bra opcodes, don't fill in the dw_loc_addr
4823 field, to avoid writing to a PCH file. */
4824 for (size = 0, l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->dw_loc_next)
4826 if (l->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_skip || l->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_bra)
4828 size += size_of_loc_descr (l);
4833 for (size = 0, l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->dw_loc_next)
4835 l->dw_loc_addr = size;
4836 size += size_of_loc_descr (l);
4842 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4843 static HOST_WIDE_INT extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
4846 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
4849 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
4851 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
4852 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
4854 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
4856 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4859 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4863 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4867 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64);
4868 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4875 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc);
4876 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
4878 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset, NULL);
4881 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
4882 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
4883 switch (val2->val_class)
4885 case dw_val_class_const:
4886 dw2_asm_output_data (val1->v.val_unsigned, val2->v.val_int, NULL);
4888 case dw_val_class_vec:
4890 unsigned int elt_size = val2->v.val_vec.elt_size;
4891 unsigned int len = val2->v.val_vec.length;
4895 if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
4900 for (i = 0, p = val2->v.val_vec.array;
4903 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size),
4904 "fp or vector constant word %u", i);
4907 case dw_val_class_const_double:
4909 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
4911 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
4913 first = val2->v.val_double.high;
4914 second = val2->v.val_double.low;
4918 first = val2->v.val_double.low;
4919 second = val2->v.val_double.high;
4921 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
4923 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
4927 case dw_val_class_addr:
4928 gcc_assert (val1->v.val_unsigned == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
4929 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val2->v.val_addr, NULL);
4944 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
4945 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
4946 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
4947 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
4948 only doing unwinding. */
4953 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4956 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
4959 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4962 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4964 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
4965 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
4999 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
5002 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5005 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
5008 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5009 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2->v.val_int, NULL);
5012 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5014 case DW_OP_deref_size:
5015 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
5016 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
5022 if (targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
5024 targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file,
5027 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5034 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5035 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val1->v.val_addr, NULL);
5043 /* Other codes have no operands. */
5048 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
5051 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5053 for (; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
5055 /* Output the opcode. */
5056 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc->dw_loc_opc,
5057 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc->dw_loc_opc));
5059 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
5060 output_loc_operands (loc);
5064 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any).
5065 The output is single bytes on a line, suitable for .cfi_escape. */
5068 output_loc_operands_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5070 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
5071 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
5073 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
5076 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
5077 /* We cannot output addresses in .cfi_escape, only bytes. */
5083 case DW_OP_deref_size:
5084 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
5085 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5086 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (1, val1->v.val_int);
5091 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5092 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, val1->v.val_int);
5097 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5098 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (4, val1->v.val_int);
5103 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64);
5104 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5105 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (8, val1->v.val_int);
5113 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc);
5114 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
5116 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5117 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, offset);
5122 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
5125 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5126 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1->v.val_unsigned);
5163 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5164 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val1->v.val_int);
5168 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5169 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1->v.val_unsigned);
5170 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5171 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val2->v.val_int);
5175 /* Other codes have no operands. */
5181 output_loc_sequence_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5185 /* Output the opcode. */
5186 fprintf (asm_out_file, "0x%x", loc->dw_loc_opc);
5187 output_loc_operands_raw (loc);
5189 if (!loc->dw_loc_next)
5191 loc = loc->dw_loc_next;
5193 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5197 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
5198 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
5201 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
5203 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5206 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_expression)
5207 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, NULL);
5209 /* Output the size of the block. */
5210 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
5211 size = size_of_locs (loc);
5212 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, NULL);
5214 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
5215 output_loc_sequence (loc);
5218 /* Similar, but used for .cfi_escape. */
5221 output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
5223 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5226 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_expression)
5227 fprintf (asm_out_file, "0x%x,", cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num);
5229 /* Output the size of the block. */
5230 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
5231 size = size_of_locs (loc);
5232 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (size);
5233 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5235 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
5236 output_loc_sequence_raw (loc);
5239 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from a
5240 dw_cfa_location, adding the given OFFSET to the result of the
5243 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
5244 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location *cfa, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
5246 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head, *tmp;
5248 offset += cfa->offset;
5252 head = new_reg_loc_descr (cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset);
5253 head->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
5254 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
5255 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
5258 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, offset, 0);
5259 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
5263 head = new_reg_loc_descr (cfa->reg, offset);
5268 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence for
5269 the address at OFFSET from the CFA when stack is aligned to
5272 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
5273 build_cfa_aligned_loc (HOST_WIDE_INT offset, HOST_WIDE_INT alignment)
5275 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head;
5276 unsigned int dwarf_fp
5277 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
5279 /* When CFA is defined as FP+OFFSET, emulate stack alignment. */
5280 if (cfa.reg == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM && cfa.indirect == 0)
5282 head = new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp, 0);
5283 add_loc_descr (&head, int_loc_descriptor (alignment));
5284 add_loc_descr (&head, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
5285 loc_descr_plus_const (&head, offset);
5288 head = new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp, offset);
5292 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
5293 descriptor sequence. */
5296 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *cfa, struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc)
5298 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *ptr;
5300 cfa->base_offset = 0;
5304 for (ptr = loc; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->dw_loc_next)
5306 enum dwarf_location_atom op = ptr->dw_loc_opc;
5342 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_reg0;
5345 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
5379 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_breg0;
5380 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
5383 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
5384 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
5389 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
5390 cfa->offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
5393 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented",
5394 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr->dw_loc_opc));
5398 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
5400 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
5401 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5403 /* .debug_str support. */
5404 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
5406 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
5407 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
5408 static void dwarf2out_assembly_start (void);
5409 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
5410 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
5411 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
5412 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
5413 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
5414 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
5415 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree);
5416 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree);
5417 static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree, int);
5418 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree, tree, tree, bool);
5419 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree, tree, tree,
5421 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree);
5422 static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx);
5423 static void dwarf2out_direct_call (tree);
5424 static void dwarf2out_virtual_call_token (tree, int);
5425 static void dwarf2out_copy_call_info (rtx, rtx);
5426 static void dwarf2out_virtual_call (int);
5427 static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree);
5428 static void dwarf2out_set_name (tree, tree);
5430 /* The debug hooks structure. */
5432 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
5436 dwarf2out_assembly_start,
5439 dwarf2out_start_source_file,
5440 dwarf2out_end_source_file,
5441 dwarf2out_begin_block,
5442 dwarf2out_end_block,
5443 dwarf2out_ignore_block,
5444 dwarf2out_source_line,
5445 dwarf2out_begin_prologue,
5446 debug_nothing_int_charstar, /* end_prologue */
5447 dwarf2out_end_epilogue,
5448 dwarf2out_begin_function,
5449 debug_nothing_int, /* end_function */
5450 dwarf2out_decl, /* function_decl */
5451 dwarf2out_global_decl,
5452 dwarf2out_type_decl, /* type_decl */
5453 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl,
5454 debug_nothing_tree, /* deferred_inline_function */
5455 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
5456 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
5457 something tries to reference them. */
5458 dwarf2out_abstract_function, /* outlining_inline_function */
5459 debug_nothing_rtx, /* label */
5460 debug_nothing_int, /* handle_pch */
5461 dwarf2out_var_location,
5462 dwarf2out_switch_text_section,
5463 dwarf2out_direct_call,
5464 dwarf2out_virtual_call_token,
5465 dwarf2out_copy_call_info,
5466 dwarf2out_virtual_call,
5468 1 /* start_end_main_source_file */
5472 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
5473 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
5474 throughout the remainder of this file. */
5476 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
5477 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
5478 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
5479 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
5481 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
5482 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
5484 typedef long int dw_offset;
5486 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
5488 typedef struct dw_attr_struct *dw_attr_ref;
5489 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct *dw_line_info_ref;
5490 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct *dw_separate_line_info_ref;
5491 typedef struct pubname_struct *pubname_ref;
5492 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct *dw_ranges_ref;
5493 typedef struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct *dw_ranges_by_label_ref;
5494 typedef struct comdat_type_struct *comdat_type_node_ref;
5496 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
5497 line number associated with the label generated for that
5498 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
5499 the line number entry. */
5501 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_line_info_struct {
5502 unsigned long dw_file_num;
5503 unsigned long dw_line_num;
5507 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
5509 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_separate_line_info_struct {
5510 unsigned long dw_file_num;
5511 unsigned long dw_line_num;
5512 unsigned long function;
5514 dw_separate_line_info_entry;
5516 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
5517 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
5518 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
5520 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_attr_struct {
5521 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr;
5522 dw_val_node dw_attr_val;
5526 DEF_VEC_O(dw_attr_node);
5527 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dw_attr_node,gc);
5529 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure. DIEs form a tree.
5530 The children of each node form a circular list linked by
5531 die_sib. die_child points to the node *before* the "first" child node. */
5533 typedef struct GTY((chain_circular ("%h.die_sib"))) die_struct {
5534 enum dwarf_tag die_tag;
5535 union die_symbol_or_type_node
5537 char * GTY ((tag ("0"))) die_symbol;
5538 comdat_type_node_ref GTY ((tag ("1"))) die_type_node;
5540 GTY ((desc ("dwarf_version >= 4"))) die_id;
5541 VEC(dw_attr_node,gc) * die_attr;
5542 dw_die_ref die_parent;
5543 dw_die_ref die_child;
5545 dw_die_ref die_definition; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
5546 dw_offset die_offset;
5547 unsigned long die_abbrev;
5549 /* Die is used and must not be pruned as unused. */
5550 int die_perennial_p;
5551 unsigned int decl_id;
5555 /* Evaluate 'expr' while 'c' is set to each child of DIE in order. */
5556 #define FOR_EACH_CHILD(die, c, expr) do { \
5557 c = die->die_child; \
5561 } while (c != die->die_child); \
5564 /* The pubname structure */
5566 typedef struct GTY(()) pubname_struct {
5572 DEF_VEC_O(pubname_entry);
5573 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(pubname_entry, gc);
5575 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_struct {
5576 /* If this is positive, it's a block number, otherwise it's a
5577 bitwise-negated index into dw_ranges_by_label. */
5581 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_by_label_struct {
5586 /* The comdat type node structure. */
5587 typedef struct GTY(()) comdat_type_struct
5589 dw_die_ref root_die;
5590 dw_die_ref type_die;
5591 char signature[DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE];
5592 struct comdat_type_struct *next;
5596 /* The limbo die list structure. */
5597 typedef struct GTY(()) limbo_die_struct {
5600 struct limbo_die_struct *next;
5604 typedef struct GTY(()) skeleton_chain_struct
5608 struct skeleton_chain_struct *parent;
5610 skeleton_chain_node;
5612 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
5613 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
5614 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
5617 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
5618 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
5620 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
5621 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
5622 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
5623 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
5624 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
5625 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
5627 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
5628 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
5629 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
5630 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
5631 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
5632 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
5633 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
5634 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
5635 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
5636 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
5638 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
5639 language, and compiler version. */
5641 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
5642 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
5643 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
5645 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF comdat type unit header. */
5646 #define DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
5647 (DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE \
5648 + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
5650 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
5651 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
5653 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
5654 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
5655 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
5656 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
5657 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
5659 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
5660 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
5661 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
5662 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
5663 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
5664 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
5666 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
5667 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
5668 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
5669 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
5671 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
5675 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
5676 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
5677 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
5679 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
5680 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
5682 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
5683 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
5685 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
5686 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
5687 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
5688 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
5689 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
5691 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5692 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
5693 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
5694 static unsigned long next_die_offset;
5697 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
5698 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die;
5700 /* A list of type DIEs that have been separated into comdat sections. */
5701 static GTY(()) comdat_type_node *comdat_type_list;
5703 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
5704 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *limbo_die_list;
5706 /* A list of DIEs for which we may have to generate
5707 DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name once their DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAMEs are
5709 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *deferred_asm_name;
5711 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
5712 static GTY((param_is (struct dwarf_file_data))) htab_t file_table;
5714 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
5715 The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */
5716 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct))) htab_t decl_die_table;
5718 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe COMMON blocks.
5719 The key is DECL_UID() ^ die_parent. */
5720 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct))) htab_t common_block_die_table;
5722 typedef struct GTY(()) die_arg_entry_struct {
5727 DEF_VEC_O(die_arg_entry);
5728 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(die_arg_entry,gc);
5730 /* Node of the variable location list. */
5731 struct GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next"))) var_loc_node {
5732 rtx GTY (()) var_loc_note;
5733 const char * GTY (()) label;
5734 const char * GTY (()) section_label;
5735 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) next;
5738 /* Variable location list. */
5739 struct GTY (()) var_loc_list_def {
5740 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) first;
5742 /* Do not mark the last element of the chained list because
5743 it is marked through the chain. */
5744 struct var_loc_node * GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last;
5746 /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */
5747 unsigned int decl_id;
5749 typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list;
5752 /* Table of decl location linked lists. */
5753 static GTY ((param_is (var_loc_list))) htab_t decl_loc_table;
5755 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
5756 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
5757 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
5758 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
5759 dw_die_ref *abbrev_die_table;
5761 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
5762 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated;
5764 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
5765 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use;
5767 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5768 abbrev_die_table. */
5769 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
5771 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
5772 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
5773 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
5774 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table;
5776 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
5777 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated;
5779 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
5780 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use;
5782 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
5783 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
5784 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
5785 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table;
5787 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
5788 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated;
5790 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
5791 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use;
5793 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5795 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
5797 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
5798 accessible names. */
5799 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * pubname_table;
5801 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
5802 accessible types. */
5803 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * pubtype_table;
5805 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
5806 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref *arange_table;
5808 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
5809 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated;
5811 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
5812 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use;
5814 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5816 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
5818 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
5819 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table;
5821 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
5822 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated;
5824 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
5825 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use;
5827 /* Array of pairs of labels referenced in ranges_table. */
5828 static GTY ((length ("ranges_by_label_allocated")))
5829 dw_ranges_by_label_ref ranges_by_label;
5831 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_by_label. */
5832 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_allocated;
5834 /* Number of elements in ranges_by_label currently in use. */
5835 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_in_use;
5837 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5839 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
5841 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
5842 static GTY(()) bool have_location_lists;
5844 /* Unique label counter. */
5845 static GTY(()) unsigned int loclabel_num;
5847 /* Unique label counter for point-of-call tables. */
5848 static GTY(()) unsigned int poc_label_num;
5850 /* The direct call table structure. */
5852 typedef struct GTY(()) dcall_struct {
5853 unsigned int poc_label_num;
5855 dw_die_ref targ_die;
5859 DEF_VEC_O(dcall_entry);
5860 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dcall_entry, gc);
5862 /* The virtual call table structure. */
5864 typedef struct GTY(()) vcall_struct {
5865 unsigned int poc_label_num;
5866 unsigned int vtable_slot;
5870 DEF_VEC_O(vcall_entry);
5871 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(vcall_entry, gc);
5873 /* Pointers to the direct and virtual call tables. */
5874 static GTY (()) VEC (dcall_entry, gc) * dcall_table = NULL;
5875 static GTY (()) VEC (vcall_entry, gc) * vcall_table = NULL;
5877 /* A hash table to map INSN_UIDs to vtable slot indexes. */
5879 struct GTY (()) vcall_insn {
5881 unsigned int vtable_slot;
5884 static GTY ((param_is (struct vcall_insn))) htab_t vcall_insn_table;
5886 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5887 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
5888 static int current_function_has_inlines;
5890 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
5891 static int comp_unit_has_inlines;
5894 /* The last file entry emitted by maybe_emit_file(). */
5895 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data * last_emitted_file;
5897 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
5898 static GTY(()) int label_num;
5900 /* Cached result of previous call to lookup_filename. */
5901 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data * file_table_last_lookup;
5903 static GTY(()) VEC(die_arg_entry,gc) *tmpl_value_parm_die_table;
5905 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5907 /* Offset from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the frame base,
5908 within the current function. */
5909 static HOST_WIDE_INT frame_pointer_fb_offset;
5911 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
5913 static int is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx);
5914 static tree type_main_variant (tree);
5915 static int is_tagged_type (const_tree);
5916 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
5917 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
5918 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
5919 static tree decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree);
5920 static tree decl_class_context (tree);
5921 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref, dw_attr_ref);
5922 static inline enum dw_val_class AT_class (dw_attr_ref);
5923 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
5924 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref);
5925 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, HOST_WIDE_INT);
5926 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT AT_int (dw_attr_ref);
5927 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
5928 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref);
5929 static void add_AT_double (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
5930 HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
5931 static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned int,
5932 unsigned int, unsigned char *);
5933 static void add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned char *);
5934 static hashval_t debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
5935 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
5936 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
5937 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref);
5938 static enum dwarf_form AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref);
5939 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_die_ref);
5940 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
5941 static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref (dw_attr_ref);
5942 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref);
5943 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref, int);
5944 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
5945 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_loc_descr_ref);
5946 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc (dw_attr_ref);
5947 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
5949 static inline dw_loc_list_ref AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref);
5950 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, rtx);
5951 static inline rtx AT_addr (dw_attr_ref);
5952 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
5953 static void add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
5954 static void add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
5955 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
5956 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
5957 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
5959 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref);
5960 static dw_attr_ref get_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5961 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref);
5962 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref);
5963 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5964 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5965 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5966 static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5967 static bool is_c_family (void);
5968 static bool is_cxx (void);
5969 static bool is_java (void);
5970 static bool is_fortran (void);
5971 static bool is_ada (void);
5972 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5973 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_tag);
5974 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
5975 static dw_die_ref new_die (enum dwarf_tag, dw_die_ref, tree);
5976 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die (tree);
5977 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
5978 static hashval_t decl_die_table_hash (const void *);
5979 static int decl_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
5980 static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die (tree);
5981 static hashval_t common_block_die_table_hash (const void *);
5982 static int common_block_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
5983 static hashval_t decl_loc_table_hash (const void *);
5984 static int decl_loc_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
5985 static var_loc_list *lookup_decl_loc (const_tree);
5986 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
5987 static struct var_loc_node *add_var_loc_to_decl (tree, rtx);
5988 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
5989 static void print_die (dw_die_ref, FILE *);
5990 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
5991 static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
5992 static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref);
5993 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
5994 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
5995 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
5996 static void checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT, struct md5_ctx *);
5997 static void checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, struct md5_ctx *);
5998 static void loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
5999 static void attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag, dw_attr_ref,
6000 struct md5_ctx *, int *);
6001 struct checksum_attributes;
6002 static void collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes *, dw_die_ref);
6003 static void die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
6004 static void checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
6005 static void generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref, comdat_type_node *);
6006 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref, dw_loc_descr_ref, int *);
6007 static int same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node *, const dw_val_node *, int *);
6008 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref, dw_attr_ref, int *);
6009 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, int *);
6010 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6011 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref);
6012 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref);
6013 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref);
6014 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref);
6015 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref);
6016 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref);
6017 static int is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref);
6018 static int should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref);
6019 static dw_die_ref clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref);
6020 static dw_die_ref clone_die (dw_die_ref);
6021 static dw_die_ref clone_tree (dw_die_ref);
6022 static void copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6023 static void generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node *);
6024 static void generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node *);
6025 static dw_die_ref generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref);
6026 static dw_die_ref remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref,
6028 static void break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref);
6029 static dw_die_ref copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, htab_t);
6030 static void copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, htab_t);
6031 static void copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref);
6033 static hashval_t htab_cu_hash (const void *);
6034 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
6035 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
6036 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned *);
6037 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned);
6038 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref);
6039 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref);
6040 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref);
6041 static int constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
6042 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref);
6043 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref);
6044 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref);
6045 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
6046 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref);
6047 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry,gc) *);
6048 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
6049 static enum dwarf_form value_format (dw_attr_ref);
6050 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref);
6051 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
6052 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref);
6053 static void output_die (dw_die_ref);
6054 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
6055 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref, int);
6056 static void output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node *);
6057 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree, int);
6058 static void add_pubname (tree, dw_die_ref);
6059 static void add_pubname_string (const char *, dw_die_ref);
6060 static void add_pubtype (tree, dw_die_ref);
6061 static void output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry,gc) *);
6062 static void add_arange (tree, dw_die_ref);
6063 static void output_aranges (void);
6064 static unsigned int add_ranges_num (int);
6065 static unsigned int add_ranges (const_tree);
6066 static void add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref, const char *, const char *,
6068 static void output_ranges (void);
6069 static void output_line_info (void);
6070 static void output_file_names (void);
6071 static dw_die_ref base_type_die (tree);
6072 static int is_base_type (tree);
6073 static dw_die_ref subrange_type_die (tree, tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6074 static dw_die_ref modified_type_die (tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
6075 static dw_die_ref generic_parameter_die (tree, tree, bool, dw_die_ref);
6076 static dw_die_ref template_parameter_pack_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6077 static int type_is_enum (const_tree);
6078 static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (const_rtx);
6079 static void add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *, int);
6080 static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, enum var_init_status);
6081 static dw_loc_descr_ref one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int,
6082 enum var_init_status);
6083 static dw_loc_descr_ref multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx,
6084 enum var_init_status);
6085 static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr (rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT,
6086 enum var_init_status);
6087 static int is_based_loc (const_rtx);
6088 static int resolve_one_addr (rtx *, void *);
6089 static dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_descriptor (rtx, enum machine_mode mode,
6090 enum var_init_status);
6091 static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx,
6092 enum var_init_status);
6093 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor (rtx, enum machine_mode mode,
6094 enum var_init_status);
6095 static dw_loc_list_ref loc_list_from_tree (tree, int);
6096 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree, int);
6097 static HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int);
6098 static tree field_type (const_tree);
6099 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree);
6100 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree);
6101 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree);
6102 static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset (const_tree);
6103 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
6105 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6106 static bool add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, rtx);
6107 static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned, unsigned char *);
6108 static void insert_float (const_rtx, unsigned char *);
6109 static rtx rtl_for_decl_location (tree);
6110 static bool add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree,
6111 enum dwarf_attribute);
6112 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6113 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref, tree);
6114 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref, const char *);
6115 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref);
6116 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, tree);
6117 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref, tree, bool);
6118 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6119 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6120 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6121 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6122 static dw_die_ref add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6123 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6124 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
6125 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
6126 static void push_decl_scope (tree);
6127 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
6128 static dw_die_ref scope_die_for (tree, dw_die_ref);
6129 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
6130 static inline int class_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
6131 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
6132 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
6133 static void add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6134 static const char *type_tag (const_tree);
6135 static tree member_declared_type (const_tree);
6137 static const char *decl_start_label (tree);
6139 static void gen_array_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6140 static void gen_descr_array_type_die (tree, struct array_descr_info *, dw_die_ref);
6142 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6144 static dw_die_ref gen_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6145 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die (tree, tree, bool, dw_die_ref);
6146 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref, tree*);
6147 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6148 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6149 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6150 static void gen_variable_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6151 static void gen_const_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6152 static void gen_label_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6153 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6154 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6155 static void gen_field_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6156 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6157 static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
6158 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6159 static void gen_member_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6160 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref,
6161 enum debug_info_usage);
6162 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6163 static void gen_typedef_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6164 static void gen_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6165 static void gen_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6166 static void decls_for_scope (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6167 static int is_redundant_typedef (const_tree);
6168 static inline dw_die_ref get_context_die (tree);
6169 static void gen_namespace_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6170 static void gen_decl_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6171 static dw_die_ref force_decl_die (tree);
6172 static dw_die_ref force_type_die (tree);
6173 static dw_die_ref setup_namespace_context (tree, dw_die_ref);
6174 static dw_die_ref declare_in_namespace (tree, dw_die_ref);
6175 static struct dwarf_file_data * lookup_filename (const char *);
6176 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
6177 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6178 static void gen_generic_params_dies (tree);
6179 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6180 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
6181 static dw_loc_list_ref new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref, const char *,
6182 const char *, const char *);
6183 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref);
6184 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
6186 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
6187 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref, int);
6188 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref);
6189 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref);
6190 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref);
6191 static void prune_unused_types (void);
6192 static int maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data *fd);
6193 static void append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref, tree);
6194 static void gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void);
6196 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
6197 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
6198 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
6200 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
6201 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
6203 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
6204 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
6206 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
6207 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
6209 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
6210 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
6212 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
6213 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
6215 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
6216 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
6218 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
6219 #define DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION ".debug_pubtypes"
6221 #ifndef DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION
6222 #define DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION ".debug_dcall"
6224 #ifndef DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION
6225 #define DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION ".debug_vcall"
6227 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
6228 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
6230 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
6231 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
6234 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
6235 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
6236 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
6239 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
6240 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
6241 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_debug_strings \
6242 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
6245 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
6246 the section names themselves. */
6248 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
6249 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
6251 #ifndef COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
6252 #define COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext_cold"
6254 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
6255 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
6257 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
6258 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
6260 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
6261 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
6263 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
6264 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
6266 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
6267 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
6269 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
6270 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
6273 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
6274 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
6275 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
6276 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
6277 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
6279 static char text_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6280 static char text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6281 static char cold_text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6282 static char cold_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6283 static char abbrev_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6284 static char debug_info_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6285 static char debug_line_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6286 static char macinfo_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6287 static char loc_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6288 static char ranges_section_label[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6290 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
6291 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
6293 #ifndef COLD_END_LABEL
6294 #define COLD_END_LABEL "Letext_cold"
6296 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
6297 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
6299 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
6300 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
6302 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
6303 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
6305 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
6306 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
6310 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
6311 called to "demangle" any name before it is put into a DIE. */
6313 static const char *(*demangle_name_func) (const char *);
6316 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func) (const char *))
6318 demangle_name_func = func;
6321 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
6324 is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx rtl)
6326 return ((REG_P (rtl) && REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
6327 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == SUBREG
6328 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER));
6331 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
6335 type_main_variant (tree type)
6337 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
6339 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
6340 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
6341 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
6342 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
6344 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
6345 while (type != TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type))
6346 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
6351 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
6354 is_tagged_type (const_tree type)
6356 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
6358 return (code == RECORD_TYPE || code == UNION_TYPE
6359 || code == QUAL_UNION_TYPE || code == ENUMERAL_TYPE);
6362 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
6365 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag)
6369 case DW_TAG_padding:
6370 return "DW_TAG_padding";
6371 case DW_TAG_array_type:
6372 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
6373 case DW_TAG_class_type:
6374 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
6375 case DW_TAG_entry_point:
6376 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
6377 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
6378 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
6379 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter:
6380 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
6381 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration:
6382 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
6384 return "DW_TAG_label";
6385 case DW_TAG_lexical_block:
6386 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
6388 return "DW_TAG_member";
6389 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
6390 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
6391 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
6392 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
6393 case DW_TAG_compile_unit:
6394 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
6395 case DW_TAG_string_type:
6396 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
6397 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
6398 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
6399 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
6400 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
6401 case DW_TAG_typedef:
6402 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
6403 case DW_TAG_union_type:
6404 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
6405 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters:
6406 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
6407 case DW_TAG_variant:
6408 return "DW_TAG_variant";
6409 case DW_TAG_common_block:
6410 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
6411 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion:
6412 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
6413 case DW_TAG_inheritance:
6414 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
6415 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine:
6416 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
6418 return "DW_TAG_module";
6419 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
6420 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
6421 case DW_TAG_set_type:
6422 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
6423 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
6424 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
6425 case DW_TAG_with_stmt:
6426 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
6427 case DW_TAG_access_declaration:
6428 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
6429 case DW_TAG_base_type:
6430 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
6431 case DW_TAG_catch_block:
6432 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
6433 case DW_TAG_const_type:
6434 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
6435 case DW_TAG_constant:
6436 return "DW_TAG_constant";
6437 case DW_TAG_enumerator:
6438 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
6439 case DW_TAG_file_type:
6440 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
6442 return "DW_TAG_friend";
6443 case DW_TAG_namelist:
6444 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
6445 case DW_TAG_namelist_item:
6446 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
6447 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
6448 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
6449 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
6450 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
6451 case DW_TAG_template_type_param:
6452 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
6453 case DW_TAG_template_value_param:
6454 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
6455 case DW_TAG_thrown_type:
6456 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
6457 case DW_TAG_try_block:
6458 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
6459 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
6460 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
6461 case DW_TAG_variable:
6462 return "DW_TAG_variable";
6463 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
6464 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
6465 case DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure:
6466 return "DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure";
6467 case DW_TAG_restrict_type:
6468 return "DW_TAG_restrict_type";
6469 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
6470 return "DW_TAG_interface_type";
6471 case DW_TAG_namespace:
6472 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
6473 case DW_TAG_imported_module:
6474 return "DW_TAG_imported_module";
6475 case DW_TAG_unspecified_type:
6476 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_type";
6477 case DW_TAG_partial_unit:
6478 return "DW_TAG_partial_unit";
6479 case DW_TAG_imported_unit:
6480 return "DW_TAG_imported_unit";
6481 case DW_TAG_condition:
6482 return "DW_TAG_condition";
6483 case DW_TAG_shared_type:
6484 return "DW_TAG_shared_type";
6485 case DW_TAG_type_unit:
6486 return "DW_TAG_type_unit";
6487 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type:
6488 return "DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type";
6489 case DW_TAG_template_alias:
6490 return "DW_TAG_template_alias";
6491 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack:
6492 return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack";
6493 case DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack:
6494 return "DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack";
6495 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop:
6496 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
6497 case DW_TAG_format_label:
6498 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
6499 case DW_TAG_function_template:
6500 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
6501 case DW_TAG_class_template:
6502 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
6503 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL:
6504 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
6505 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL:
6506 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
6507 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param:
6508 return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param";
6510 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
6514 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
6517 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr)
6522 return "DW_AT_sibling";
6523 case DW_AT_location:
6524 return "DW_AT_location";
6526 return "DW_AT_name";
6527 case DW_AT_ordering:
6528 return "DW_AT_ordering";
6529 case DW_AT_subscr_data:
6530 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
6531 case DW_AT_byte_size:
6532 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
6533 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
6534 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
6535 case DW_AT_bit_size:
6536 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
6537 case DW_AT_element_list:
6538 return "DW_AT_element_list";
6539 case DW_AT_stmt_list:
6540 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
6542 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
6544 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
6545 case DW_AT_language:
6546 return "DW_AT_language";
6548 return "DW_AT_member";
6550 return "DW_AT_discr";
6551 case DW_AT_discr_value:
6552 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
6553 case DW_AT_visibility:
6554 return "DW_AT_visibility";
6556 return "DW_AT_import";
6557 case DW_AT_string_length:
6558 return "DW_AT_string_length";
6559 case DW_AT_common_reference:
6560 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
6561 case DW_AT_comp_dir:
6562 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
6563 case DW_AT_const_value:
6564 return "DW_AT_const_value";
6565 case DW_AT_containing_type:
6566 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
6567 case DW_AT_default_value:
6568 return "DW_AT_default_value";
6570 return "DW_AT_inline";
6571 case DW_AT_is_optional:
6572 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
6573 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
6574 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
6575 case DW_AT_producer:
6576 return "DW_AT_producer";
6577 case DW_AT_prototyped:
6578 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
6579 case DW_AT_return_addr:
6580 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
6581 case DW_AT_start_scope:
6582 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
6583 case DW_AT_bit_stride:
6584 return "DW_AT_bit_stride";
6585 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
6586 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
6587 case DW_AT_abstract_origin:
6588 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
6589 case DW_AT_accessibility:
6590 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
6591 case DW_AT_address_class:
6592 return "DW_AT_address_class";
6593 case DW_AT_artificial:
6594 return "DW_AT_artificial";
6595 case DW_AT_base_types:
6596 return "DW_AT_base_types";
6597 case DW_AT_calling_convention:
6598 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
6600 return "DW_AT_count";
6601 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
6602 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
6603 case DW_AT_decl_column:
6604 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
6605 case DW_AT_decl_file:
6606 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
6607 case DW_AT_decl_line:
6608 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
6609 case DW_AT_declaration:
6610 return "DW_AT_declaration";
6611 case DW_AT_discr_list:
6612 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
6613 case DW_AT_encoding:
6614 return "DW_AT_encoding";
6615 case DW_AT_external:
6616 return "DW_AT_external";
6617 case DW_AT_explicit:
6618 return "DW_AT_explicit";
6619 case DW_AT_frame_base:
6620 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
6622 return "DW_AT_friend";
6623 case DW_AT_identifier_case:
6624 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
6625 case DW_AT_macro_info:
6626 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
6627 case DW_AT_namelist_items:
6628 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
6629 case DW_AT_priority:
6630 return "DW_AT_priority";
6632 return "DW_AT_segment";
6633 case DW_AT_specification:
6634 return "DW_AT_specification";
6635 case DW_AT_static_link:
6636 return "DW_AT_static_link";
6638 return "DW_AT_type";
6639 case DW_AT_use_location:
6640 return "DW_AT_use_location";
6641 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
6642 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
6643 case DW_AT_virtuality:
6644 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
6645 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
6646 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
6648 case DW_AT_allocated:
6649 return "DW_AT_allocated";
6650 case DW_AT_associated:
6651 return "DW_AT_associated";
6652 case DW_AT_data_location:
6653 return "DW_AT_data_location";
6654 case DW_AT_byte_stride:
6655 return "DW_AT_byte_stride";
6656 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
6657 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
6658 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
6659 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
6660 case DW_AT_extension:
6661 return "DW_AT_extension";
6663 return "DW_AT_ranges";
6664 case DW_AT_trampoline:
6665 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
6666 case DW_AT_call_column:
6667 return "DW_AT_call_column";
6668 case DW_AT_call_file:
6669 return "DW_AT_call_file";
6670 case DW_AT_call_line:
6671 return "DW_AT_call_line";
6673 case DW_AT_signature:
6674 return "DW_AT_signature";
6675 case DW_AT_main_subprogram:
6676 return "DW_AT_main_subprogram";
6677 case DW_AT_data_bit_offset:
6678 return "DW_AT_data_bit_offset";
6679 case DW_AT_const_expr:
6680 return "DW_AT_const_expr";
6681 case DW_AT_enum_class:
6682 return "DW_AT_enum_class";
6683 case DW_AT_linkage_name:
6684 return "DW_AT_linkage_name";
6686 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde:
6687 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
6688 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin:
6689 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
6690 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin:
6691 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
6692 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin:
6693 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
6694 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor:
6695 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
6696 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth:
6697 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
6698 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
6699 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
6700 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride:
6701 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
6702 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name:
6703 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
6704 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin:
6705 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
6706 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines:
6707 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
6709 case DW_AT_sf_names:
6710 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
6711 case DW_AT_src_info:
6712 return "DW_AT_src_info";
6713 case DW_AT_mac_info:
6714 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
6715 case DW_AT_src_coords:
6716 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
6717 case DW_AT_body_begin:
6718 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
6719 case DW_AT_body_end:
6720 return "DW_AT_body_end";
6721 case DW_AT_GNU_vector:
6722 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
6723 case DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by:
6724 return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by";
6725 case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by:
6726 return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by";
6727 case DW_AT_GNU_guarded:
6728 return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded";
6729 case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded:
6730 return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded";
6731 case DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded:
6732 return "DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded";
6733 case DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required:
6734 return "DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required";
6735 case DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required:
6736 return "DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required";
6737 case DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature:
6738 return "DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature";
6739 case DW_AT_GNU_template_name:
6740 return "DW_AT_GNU_template_name";
6742 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address:
6743 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
6746 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
6750 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
6753 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form)
6758 return "DW_FORM_addr";
6759 case DW_FORM_block2:
6760 return "DW_FORM_block2";
6761 case DW_FORM_block4:
6762 return "DW_FORM_block4";
6764 return "DW_FORM_data2";
6766 return "DW_FORM_data4";
6768 return "DW_FORM_data8";
6769 case DW_FORM_string:
6770 return "DW_FORM_string";
6772 return "DW_FORM_block";
6773 case DW_FORM_block1:
6774 return "DW_FORM_block1";
6776 return "DW_FORM_data1";
6778 return "DW_FORM_flag";
6780 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
6782 return "DW_FORM_strp";
6784 return "DW_FORM_udata";
6785 case DW_FORM_ref_addr:
6786 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
6788 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
6790 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
6792 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
6794 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
6795 case DW_FORM_ref_udata:
6796 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
6797 case DW_FORM_indirect:
6798 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
6799 case DW_FORM_sec_offset:
6800 return "DW_FORM_sec_offset";
6801 case DW_FORM_exprloc:
6802 return "DW_FORM_exprloc";
6803 case DW_FORM_flag_present:
6804 return "DW_FORM_flag_present";
6805 case DW_FORM_ref_sig8:
6806 return "DW_FORM_ref_sig8";
6808 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
6812 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
6813 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
6814 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
6815 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
6819 decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree decl)
6821 if (!CODE_CONTAINS_STRUCT (TREE_CODE (decl), TS_DECL_COMMON))
6824 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
6825 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
6826 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
6827 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == decl)
6830 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
6831 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
6832 gcc_assert (!DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl)));
6834 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl);
6837 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
6838 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
6842 decl_class_context (tree decl)
6844 tree context = NULL_TREE;
6846 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || ! DECL_VINDEX (decl))
6847 context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
6849 context = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
6850 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl)))));
6852 if (context && !TYPE_P (context))
6853 context = NULL_TREE;
6858 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. */
6861 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die, dw_attr_ref attr)
6863 /* Maybe this should be an assert? */
6867 if (die->die_attr == NULL)
6868 die->die_attr = VEC_alloc (dw_attr_node, gc, 1);
6869 VEC_safe_push (dw_attr_node, gc, die->die_attr, attr);
6872 static inline enum dw_val_class
6873 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a)
6875 return a->dw_attr_val.val_class;
6878 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
6881 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int flag)
6885 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6886 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_flag;
6887 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_flag = flag;
6888 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6891 static inline unsigned
6892 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a)
6894 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_flag);
6895 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag;
6898 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
6901 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val)
6905 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6906 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
6907 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_int = int_val;
6908 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6911 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
6912 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a)
6914 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_const);
6915 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_int;
6918 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
6921 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
6922 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val)
6926 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6927 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
6928 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned = unsigned_val;
6929 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6932 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
6933 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a)
6935 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const);
6936 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned;
6939 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
6942 add_AT_double (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
6943 HOST_WIDE_INT high, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT low)
6947 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6948 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const_double;
6949 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high = high;
6950 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low = low;
6951 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6954 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
6957 add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
6958 unsigned int length, unsigned int elt_size, unsigned char *array)
6962 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6963 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
6964 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length = length;
6965 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size = elt_size;
6966 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array = array;
6967 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6970 /* Add an 8-byte data attribute value to a DIE. */
6973 add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
6974 unsigned char data8[8])
6978 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6979 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_data8;
6980 memcpy (attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_data8, data8, 8);
6981 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6984 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
6987 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x)
6989 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node *)x)->str);
6993 debug_str_eq (const void *x1, const void *x2)
6995 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node *)x1)->str),
6996 (const char *)x2) == 0;
6999 /* Add STR to the indirect string hash table. */
7001 static struct indirect_string_node *
7002 find_AT_string (const char *str)
7004 struct indirect_string_node *node;
7007 if (! debug_str_hash)
7008 debug_str_hash = htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash,
7009 debug_str_eq, NULL);
7011 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, str,
7012 htab_hash_string (str), INSERT);
7015 node = (struct indirect_string_node *)
7016 ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node));
7017 node->str = ggc_strdup (str);
7021 node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *slot;
7027 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
7030 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *str)
7033 struct indirect_string_node *node;
7035 node = find_AT_string (str);
7037 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7038 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_str;
7039 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
7040 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7043 /* Create a label for an indirect string node, ensuring it is going to
7044 be output, unless its reference count goes down to zero. */
7047 gen_label_for_indirect_string (struct indirect_string_node *node)
7054 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LASF", dw2_string_counter);
7055 ++dw2_string_counter;
7056 node->label = xstrdup (label);
7059 /* Create a SYMBOL_REF rtx whose value is the initial address of a
7060 debug string STR. */
7063 get_debug_string_label (const char *str)
7065 struct indirect_string_node *node = find_AT_string (str);
7067 debug_str_hash_forced = true;
7069 gen_label_for_indirect_string (node);
7071 return gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, node->label);
7074 static inline const char *
7075 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a)
7077 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
7078 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str;
7081 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
7082 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
7084 static enum dwarf_form
7085 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a)
7087 struct indirect_string_node *node;
7090 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
7092 node = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
7096 len = strlen (node->str) + 1;
7098 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
7099 always better to put it inline. */
7100 if (len <= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE || node->refcount == 0)
7101 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
7103 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
7104 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
7106 if (DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET
7107 || ((debug_str_section->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE) == 0
7108 && (len - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE) * node->refcount <= len))
7109 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
7111 gen_label_for_indirect_string (node);
7113 return node->form = DW_FORM_strp;
7116 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
7119 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_die_ref targ_die)
7123 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7124 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
7125 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = targ_die;
7126 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
7127 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7130 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
7131 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
7134 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref targ_die)
7136 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_specification, targ_die);
7137 gcc_assert (!targ_die->die_definition);
7138 targ_die->die_definition = die;
7141 static inline dw_die_ref
7142 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a)
7144 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
7145 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die;
7149 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a)
7151 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
7152 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external;
7158 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a, int i)
7160 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
7161 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = i;
7164 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
7167 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int targ_fde)
7171 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7172 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_fde_ref;
7173 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index = targ_fde;
7174 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7177 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
7180 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
7184 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7185 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
7186 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_loc = loc;
7187 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7190 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
7191 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a)
7193 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
7194 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc;
7198 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list)
7202 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7203 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc_list;
7204 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list = loc_list;
7205 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7206 have_location_lists = true;
7209 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
7210 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a)
7212 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list);
7213 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
7216 static inline dw_loc_list_ref *
7217 AT_loc_list_ptr (dw_attr_ref a)
7219 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list);
7220 return &a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
7223 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
7226 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, rtx addr)
7230 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7231 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
7232 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_addr = addr;
7233 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7236 /* Get the RTX from to an address DIE attribute. */
7239 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a)
7241 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_addr);
7242 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr;
7245 /* Add a file attribute value to a DIE. */
7248 add_AT_file (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7249 struct dwarf_file_data *fd)
7253 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7254 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_file;
7255 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_file = fd;
7256 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7259 /* Get the dwarf_file_data from a file DIE attribute. */
7261 static inline struct dwarf_file_data *
7262 AT_file (dw_attr_ref a)
7264 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_file);
7265 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file;
7268 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
7271 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *lbl_id)
7275 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7276 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_id;
7277 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (lbl_id);
7278 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7281 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
7282 debug_line section. */
7285 add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7290 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7291 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lineptr;
7292 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
7293 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7296 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
7297 debug_macinfo section. */
7300 add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7305 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7306 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_macptr;
7307 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
7308 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7311 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
7314 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7315 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
7319 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7320 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_offset;
7321 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
7322 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7325 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
7328 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7329 long unsigned int offset)
7333 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7334 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_range_list;
7335 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
7336 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7339 static inline const char *
7340 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a)
7342 gcc_assert (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
7343 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lineptr
7344 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_macptr));
7345 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id;
7348 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
7351 get_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7355 dw_die_ref spec = NULL;
7360 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
7361 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
7363 else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
7364 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_abstract_origin)
7368 return get_AT (spec, attr_kind);
7373 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
7374 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
7375 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
7377 static inline const char *
7378 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die)
7380 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_low_pc);
7382 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
7385 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
7386 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
7387 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
7389 static inline const char *
7390 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die)
7392 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_high_pc);
7394 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
7397 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
7398 NULL if it is not present. */
7400 static inline const char *
7401 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7403 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7405 return a ? AT_string (a) : NULL;
7408 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
7409 if it is not present. */
7412 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7414 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7416 return a ? AT_flag (a) : 0;
7419 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
7420 if it is not present. */
7422 static inline unsigned
7423 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7425 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7427 return a ? AT_unsigned (a) : 0;
7430 static inline dw_die_ref
7431 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7433 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7435 return a ? AT_ref (a) : NULL;
7438 static inline struct dwarf_file_data *
7439 get_AT_file (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7441 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7443 return a ? AT_file (a) : NULL;
7446 /* Return TRUE if the language is C or C++. */
7451 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
7453 return (lang == DW_LANG_C || lang == DW_LANG_C89 || lang == DW_LANG_ObjC
7454 || lang == DW_LANG_C99
7455 || lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus || lang == DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus);
7458 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
7463 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
7465 return lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus || lang == DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus;
7468 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
7473 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
7475 return (lang == DW_LANG_Fortran77
7476 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran90
7477 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran95);
7480 /* Return TRUE if the language is Java. */
7485 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
7487 return lang == DW_LANG_Java;
7490 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
7495 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
7497 return lang == DW_LANG_Ada95 || lang == DW_LANG_Ada83;
7500 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
7503 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7511 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
7512 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
7514 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
7515 if (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount)
7516 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount--;
7518 /* VEC_ordered_remove should help reduce the number of abbrevs
7520 VEC_ordered_remove (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix);
7525 /* Remove CHILD from its parent. PREV must have the property that
7526 PREV->DIE_SIB == CHILD. Does not alter CHILD. */
7529 remove_child_with_prev (dw_die_ref child, dw_die_ref prev)
7531 gcc_assert (child->die_parent == prev->die_parent);
7532 gcc_assert (prev->die_sib == child);
7535 gcc_assert (child->die_parent->die_child == child);
7539 prev->die_sib = child->die_sib;
7540 if (child->die_parent->die_child == child)
7541 child->die_parent->die_child = prev;
7544 /* Replace OLD_CHILD with NEW_CHILD. PREV must have the property that
7545 PREV->DIE_SIB == OLD_CHILD. Does not alter OLD_CHILD. */
7548 replace_child (dw_die_ref old_child, dw_die_ref new_child, dw_die_ref prev)
7550 dw_die_ref parent = old_child->die_parent;
7552 gcc_assert (parent == prev->die_parent);
7553 gcc_assert (prev->die_sib == old_child);
7555 new_child->die_parent = parent;
7556 if (prev == old_child)
7558 gcc_assert (parent->die_child == old_child);
7559 new_child->die_sib = new_child;
7563 prev->die_sib = new_child;
7564 new_child->die_sib = old_child->die_sib;
7566 if (old_child->die_parent->die_child == old_child)
7567 old_child->die_parent->die_child = new_child;
7570 /* Move all children from OLD_PARENT to NEW_PARENT. */
7573 move_all_children (dw_die_ref old_parent, dw_die_ref new_parent)
7576 new_parent->die_child = old_parent->die_child;
7577 old_parent->die_child = NULL;
7578 FOR_EACH_CHILD (new_parent, c, c->die_parent = new_parent);
7581 /* Remove child DIE whose die_tag is TAG. Do nothing if no child
7585 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_tag tag)
7591 dw_die_ref prev = c;
7593 while (c->die_tag == tag)
7595 remove_child_with_prev (c, prev);
7596 /* Might have removed every child. */
7597 if (c == c->die_sib)
7601 } while (c != die->die_child);
7604 /* Add a CHILD_DIE as the last child of DIE. */
7607 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref child_die)
7609 /* FIXME this should probably be an assert. */
7610 if (! die || ! child_die)
7612 gcc_assert (die != child_die);
7614 child_die->die_parent = die;
7617 child_die->die_sib = die->die_child->die_sib;
7618 die->die_child->die_sib = child_die;
7621 child_die->die_sib = child_die;
7622 die->die_child = child_die;
7625 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
7626 is the specification, to the end of PARENT's list of children.
7627 This is done by removing and re-adding it. */
7630 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent, dw_die_ref child)
7634 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
7635 specification DIE at toplevel. */
7636 if (child->die_parent != parent)
7638 dw_die_ref tmp = get_AT_ref (child, DW_AT_specification);
7644 gcc_assert (child->die_parent == parent
7645 || (child->die_parent
7646 == get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification)));
7648 for (p = child->die_parent->die_child; ; p = p->die_sib)
7649 if (p->die_sib == child)
7651 remove_child_with_prev (child, p);
7655 add_child_die (parent, child);
7658 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
7660 static inline dw_die_ref
7661 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value, dw_die_ref parent_die, tree t)
7663 dw_die_ref die = GGC_CNEW (die_node);
7665 die->die_tag = tag_value;
7667 if (parent_die != NULL)
7668 add_child_die (parent_die, die);
7671 limbo_die_node *limbo_node;
7673 limbo_node = GGC_CNEW (limbo_die_node);
7674 limbo_node->die = die;
7675 limbo_node->created_for = t;
7676 limbo_node->next = limbo_die_list;
7677 limbo_die_list = limbo_node;
7683 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
7685 static inline dw_die_ref
7686 lookup_type_die (tree type)
7688 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type);
7691 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
7694 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type, dw_die_ref type_die)
7696 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type) = type_die;
7699 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
7702 decl_die_table_hash (const void *x)
7704 return (hashval_t) ((const_dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id;
7707 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */
7710 decl_die_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
7712 return (((const_dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const_tree) y));
7715 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
7717 static inline dw_die_ref
7718 lookup_decl_die (tree decl)
7720 return (dw_die_ref) htab_find_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
7723 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */
7726 decl_loc_table_hash (const void *x)
7728 return (hashval_t) ((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id;
7731 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as
7735 decl_loc_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
7737 return (((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const_tree) y));
7740 /* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */
7742 static inline var_loc_list *
7743 lookup_decl_loc (const_tree decl)
7745 if (!decl_loc_table)
7747 return (var_loc_list *)
7748 htab_find_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
7751 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
7754 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref decl_die)
7756 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
7759 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
7761 decl_die->decl_id = decl_id;
7764 /* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */
7766 static struct var_loc_node *
7767 add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl, rtx loc_note)
7769 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
7772 struct var_loc_node *loc = NULL;
7774 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
7777 temp = GGC_CNEW (var_loc_list);
7778 temp->decl_id = decl_id;
7782 temp = (var_loc_list *) *slot;
7786 /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list,
7787 and either both or neither of the locations is uninitialized,
7788 we have nothing to do. */
7789 if ((!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp->last->var_loc_note),
7790 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note)))
7791 || ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (temp->last->var_loc_note)
7792 != NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note))
7793 && ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (temp->last->var_loc_note)
7794 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
7795 || (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note)
7796 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED))))
7798 /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. */
7799 loc = GGC_CNEW (struct var_loc_node);
7800 temp->last->next = loc;
7806 loc = GGC_CNEW (struct var_loc_node);
7813 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
7814 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
7815 the DIE internal representation. */
7816 static int print_indent;
7818 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
7821 print_spaces (FILE *outfile)
7823 fprintf (outfile, "%*s", print_indent, "");
7826 /* Print a type signature in hex. */
7829 print_signature (FILE *outfile, char *sig)
7833 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
7834 fprintf (outfile, "%02x", sig[i] & 0xff);
7837 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
7838 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
7841 print_die (dw_die_ref die, FILE *outfile)
7847 print_spaces (outfile);
7848 fprintf (outfile, "DIE %4ld: %s\n",
7849 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
7850 print_spaces (outfile);
7851 fprintf (outfile, " abbrev id: %lu", die->die_abbrev);
7852 fprintf (outfile, " offset: %ld\n", die->die_offset);
7853 if (dwarf_version >= 4 && die->die_id.die_type_node)
7855 print_spaces (outfile);
7856 fprintf (outfile, " signature: ");
7857 print_signature (outfile, die->die_id.die_type_node->signature);
7858 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
7861 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
7863 print_spaces (outfile);
7864 fprintf (outfile, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
7866 switch (AT_class (a))
7868 case dw_val_class_addr:
7869 fprintf (outfile, "address");
7871 case dw_val_class_offset:
7872 fprintf (outfile, "offset");
7874 case dw_val_class_loc:
7875 fprintf (outfile, "location descriptor");
7877 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
7878 fprintf (outfile, "location list -> label:%s",
7879 AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol);
7881 case dw_val_class_range_list:
7882 fprintf (outfile, "range list");
7884 case dw_val_class_const:
7885 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, AT_int (a));
7887 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
7888 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED, AT_unsigned (a));
7890 case dw_val_class_const_double:
7891 fprintf (outfile, "constant ("HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC","\
7892 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED")",
7893 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high,
7894 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low);
7896 case dw_val_class_vec:
7897 fprintf (outfile, "floating-point or vector constant");
7899 case dw_val_class_flag:
7900 fprintf (outfile, "%u", AT_flag (a));
7902 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
7903 if (AT_ref (a) != NULL)
7905 if (dwarf_version >= 4 && AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node)
7907 fprintf (outfile, "die -> signature: ");
7908 print_signature (outfile,
7909 AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node->signature);
7911 else if (dwarf_version < 4 && AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol)
7912 fprintf (outfile, "die -> label: %s",
7913 AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol);
7915 fprintf (outfile, "die -> %ld", AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
7918 fprintf (outfile, "die -> <null>");
7920 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
7921 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
7922 case dw_val_class_macptr:
7923 fprintf (outfile, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a));
7925 case dw_val_class_str:
7926 if (AT_string (a) != NULL)
7927 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a));
7929 fprintf (outfile, "<null>");
7931 case dw_val_class_file:
7932 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\" (%d)", AT_file (a)->filename,
7933 AT_file (a)->emitted_number);
7935 case dw_val_class_data8:
7939 for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
7940 fprintf (outfile, "%02x", a->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8[i]);
7947 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
7950 if (die->die_child != NULL)
7953 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, print_die (c, outfile));
7956 if (print_indent == 0)
7957 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
7960 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
7961 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
7964 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile)
7967 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
7969 fprintf (outfile, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
7970 for (i = 1; i < line_info_table_in_use; i++)
7972 line_info = &line_info_table[i];
7973 fprintf (outfile, "%5d: %4ld %6ld\n", i,
7974 line_info->dw_file_num,
7975 line_info->dw_line_num);
7978 fprintf (outfile, "\n\n");
7981 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
7984 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die)
7986 print_die (die, stderr);
7989 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
7990 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
7996 print_die (comp_unit_die, stderr);
7997 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
7998 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr);
8001 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
8002 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
8003 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
8006 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit, dw_die_ref bincl_die)
8008 const char *filename = get_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name);
8009 dw_die_ref new_unit = gen_compile_unit_die (filename);
8011 new_unit->die_sib = old_unit;
8015 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
8018 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit)
8020 dw_die_ref new_unit = old_unit->die_sib;
8022 old_unit->die_sib = NULL;
8026 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
8027 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
8029 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
8032 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8036 tem = (loc->dtprel << 8) | ((unsigned int) loc->dw_loc_opc);
8038 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
8039 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
8042 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
8045 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
8047 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
8050 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr);
8052 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
8053 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
8054 if (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
8057 switch (AT_class (at))
8059 case dw_val_class_const:
8060 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
8062 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
8063 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
8065 case dw_val_class_const_double:
8066 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double);
8068 case dw_val_class_vec:
8069 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec);
8071 case dw_val_class_flag:
8072 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag);
8074 case dw_val_class_str:
8075 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
8078 case dw_val_class_addr:
8080 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r) == SYMBOL_REF);
8081 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
8084 case dw_val_class_offset:
8085 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
8088 case dw_val_class_loc:
8089 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
8090 loc_checksum (loc, ctx);
8093 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
8094 die_checksum (AT_ref (at), ctx, mark);
8097 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
8098 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
8099 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
8100 case dw_val_class_macptr:
8103 case dw_val_class_file:
8104 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at)->filename);
8107 case dw_val_class_data8:
8108 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8);
8116 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
8119 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
8125 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
8128 CHECKSUM (die->die_mark);
8131 die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
8133 CHECKSUM (die->die_tag);
8135 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
8136 attr_checksum (a, ctx, mark);
8138 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, die_checksum (c, ctx, mark));
8142 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
8144 /* For DWARF-4 types, include the trailing NULL when checksumming strings. */
8145 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
8146 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO) + 1, ctx)
8147 #define CHECKSUM_SLEB128(FOO) checksum_sleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
8148 #define CHECKSUM_ULEB128(FOO) checksum_uleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
8149 #define CHECKSUM_ATTR(FOO) \
8150 if (FOO) attr_checksum_ordered (die->die_tag, (FOO), ctx, mark)
8152 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in signed LEB128 format. */
8155 checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT value, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8162 byte = (value & 0x7f);
8164 more = !((value == 0 && (byte & 0x40) == 0)
8165 || (value == -1 && (byte & 0x40) != 0));
8174 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in unsigned LEB128 format. */
8177 checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8181 unsigned char byte = (value & 0x7f);
8184 /* More bytes to follow. */
8192 /* Checksum the context of the DIE. This adds the names of any
8193 surrounding namespaces or structures to the checksum. */
8196 checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8200 int tag = die->die_tag;
8202 if (tag != DW_TAG_namespace
8203 && tag != DW_TAG_structure_type
8204 && tag != DW_TAG_class_type)
8207 name = get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name);
8209 spec = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
8213 if (die->die_parent != NULL)
8214 checksum_die_context (die->die_parent, ctx);
8216 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('C');
8217 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (tag);
8219 CHECKSUM_STRING (name);
8222 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
8225 loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8227 /* Special case for lone DW_OP_plus_uconst: checksum as if the location
8228 were emitted as a DW_FORM_sdata instead of a location expression. */
8229 if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_plus_uconst && loc->dw_loc_next == NULL)
8231 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
8232 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((HOST_WIDE_INT) loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
8236 /* Otherwise, just checksum the raw location expression. */
8239 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (loc->dw_loc_opc);
8240 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
8241 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
8242 loc = loc->dw_loc_next;
8246 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
8249 attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag tag, dw_attr_ref at,
8250 struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
8252 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
8255 if (AT_class (at) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
8257 dw_die_ref target_die = AT_ref (at);
8259 /* For pointer and reference types, we checksum only the (qualified)
8260 name of the target type (if there is a name). For friend entries,
8261 we checksum only the (qualified) name of the target type or function.
8262 This allows the checksum to remain the same whether the target type
8263 is complete or not. */
8264 if ((at->dw_attr == DW_AT_type
8265 && (tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
8266 || tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
8267 || tag == DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type))
8268 || (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_friend
8269 && tag == DW_TAG_friend))
8271 dw_attr_ref name_attr = get_AT (target_die, DW_AT_name);
8273 if (name_attr != NULL)
8275 dw_die_ref decl = get_AT_ref (target_die, DW_AT_specification);
8279 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('N');
8280 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
8281 if (decl->die_parent != NULL)
8282 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, ctx);
8283 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('E');
8284 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr));
8289 /* For all other references to another DIE, we check to see if the
8290 target DIE has already been visited. If it has, we emit a
8291 backward reference; if not, we descend recursively. */
8292 if (target_die->die_mark > 0)
8294 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('R');
8295 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
8296 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (target_die->die_mark);
8300 dw_die_ref decl = get_AT_ref (target_die, DW_AT_specification);
8304 target_die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
8305 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('T');
8306 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
8307 if (decl->die_parent != NULL)
8308 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, ctx);
8309 die_checksum_ordered (target_die, ctx, mark);
8314 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('A');
8315 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
8317 switch (AT_class (at))
8319 case dw_val_class_const:
8320 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
8321 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
8324 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
8325 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
8326 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((int) at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
8329 case dw_val_class_const_double:
8330 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block);
8331 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double));
8332 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double);
8335 case dw_val_class_vec:
8336 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block);
8337 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec));
8338 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec);
8341 case dw_val_class_flag:
8342 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_flag);
8343 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag ? 1 : 0);
8346 case dw_val_class_str:
8347 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string);
8348 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
8351 case dw_val_class_addr:
8353 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r) == SYMBOL_REF);
8354 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string);
8355 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
8358 case dw_val_class_offset:
8359 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
8360 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
8363 case dw_val_class_loc:
8364 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
8365 loc_checksum_ordered (loc, ctx);
8368 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
8369 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
8370 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
8371 case dw_val_class_macptr:
8374 case dw_val_class_file:
8375 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string);
8376 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at)->filename);
8379 case dw_val_class_data8:
8380 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8);
8388 struct checksum_attributes
8390 dw_attr_ref at_name;
8391 dw_attr_ref at_type;
8392 dw_attr_ref at_friend;
8393 dw_attr_ref at_accessibility;
8394 dw_attr_ref at_address_class;
8395 dw_attr_ref at_allocated;
8396 dw_attr_ref at_artificial;
8397 dw_attr_ref at_associated;
8398 dw_attr_ref at_binary_scale;
8399 dw_attr_ref at_bit_offset;
8400 dw_attr_ref at_bit_size;
8401 dw_attr_ref at_bit_stride;
8402 dw_attr_ref at_byte_size;
8403 dw_attr_ref at_byte_stride;
8404 dw_attr_ref at_const_value;
8405 dw_attr_ref at_containing_type;
8406 dw_attr_ref at_count;
8407 dw_attr_ref at_data_location;
8408 dw_attr_ref at_data_member_location;
8409 dw_attr_ref at_decimal_scale;
8410 dw_attr_ref at_decimal_sign;
8411 dw_attr_ref at_default_value;
8412 dw_attr_ref at_digit_count;
8413 dw_attr_ref at_discr;
8414 dw_attr_ref at_discr_list;
8415 dw_attr_ref at_discr_value;
8416 dw_attr_ref at_encoding;
8417 dw_attr_ref at_endianity;
8418 dw_attr_ref at_explicit;
8419 dw_attr_ref at_is_optional;
8420 dw_attr_ref at_location;
8421 dw_attr_ref at_lower_bound;
8422 dw_attr_ref at_mutable;
8423 dw_attr_ref at_ordering;
8424 dw_attr_ref at_picture_string;
8425 dw_attr_ref at_prototyped;
8426 dw_attr_ref at_small;
8427 dw_attr_ref at_segment;
8428 dw_attr_ref at_string_length;
8429 dw_attr_ref at_threads_scaled;
8430 dw_attr_ref at_upper_bound;
8431 dw_attr_ref at_use_location;
8432 dw_attr_ref at_use_UTF8;
8433 dw_attr_ref at_variable_parameter;
8434 dw_attr_ref at_virtuality;
8435 dw_attr_ref at_visibility;
8436 dw_attr_ref at_vtable_elem_location;
8439 /* Collect the attributes that we will want to use for the checksum. */
8442 collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes *attrs, dw_die_ref die)
8447 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
8458 attrs->at_friend = a;
8460 case DW_AT_accessibility:
8461 attrs->at_accessibility = a;
8463 case DW_AT_address_class:
8464 attrs->at_address_class = a;
8466 case DW_AT_allocated:
8467 attrs->at_allocated = a;
8469 case DW_AT_artificial:
8470 attrs->at_artificial = a;
8472 case DW_AT_associated:
8473 attrs->at_associated = a;
8475 case DW_AT_binary_scale:
8476 attrs->at_binary_scale = a;
8478 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
8479 attrs->at_bit_offset = a;
8481 case DW_AT_bit_size:
8482 attrs->at_bit_size = a;
8484 case DW_AT_bit_stride:
8485 attrs->at_bit_stride = a;
8487 case DW_AT_byte_size:
8488 attrs->at_byte_size = a;
8490 case DW_AT_byte_stride:
8491 attrs->at_byte_stride = a;
8493 case DW_AT_const_value:
8494 attrs->at_const_value = a;
8496 case DW_AT_containing_type:
8497 attrs->at_containing_type = a;
8500 attrs->at_count = a;
8502 case DW_AT_data_location:
8503 attrs->at_data_location = a;
8505 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
8506 attrs->at_data_member_location = a;
8508 case DW_AT_decimal_scale:
8509 attrs->at_decimal_scale = a;
8511 case DW_AT_decimal_sign:
8512 attrs->at_decimal_sign = a;
8514 case DW_AT_default_value:
8515 attrs->at_default_value = a;
8517 case DW_AT_digit_count:
8518 attrs->at_digit_count = a;
8521 attrs->at_discr = a;
8523 case DW_AT_discr_list:
8524 attrs->at_discr_list = a;
8526 case DW_AT_discr_value:
8527 attrs->at_discr_value = a;
8529 case DW_AT_encoding:
8530 attrs->at_encoding = a;
8532 case DW_AT_endianity:
8533 attrs->at_endianity = a;
8535 case DW_AT_explicit:
8536 attrs->at_explicit = a;
8538 case DW_AT_is_optional:
8539 attrs->at_is_optional = a;
8541 case DW_AT_location:
8542 attrs->at_location = a;
8544 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
8545 attrs->at_lower_bound = a;
8548 attrs->at_mutable = a;
8550 case DW_AT_ordering:
8551 attrs->at_ordering = a;
8553 case DW_AT_picture_string:
8554 attrs->at_picture_string = a;
8556 case DW_AT_prototyped:
8557 attrs->at_prototyped = a;
8560 attrs->at_small = a;
8563 attrs->at_segment = a;
8565 case DW_AT_string_length:
8566 attrs->at_string_length = a;
8568 case DW_AT_threads_scaled:
8569 attrs->at_threads_scaled = a;
8571 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
8572 attrs->at_upper_bound = a;
8574 case DW_AT_use_location:
8575 attrs->at_use_location = a;
8577 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
8578 attrs->at_use_UTF8 = a;
8580 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
8581 attrs->at_variable_parameter = a;
8583 case DW_AT_virtuality:
8584 attrs->at_virtuality = a;
8586 case DW_AT_visibility:
8587 attrs->at_visibility = a;
8589 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
8590 attrs->at_vtable_elem_location = a;
8598 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE, using an ordered subset of attributes. */
8601 die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
8605 struct checksum_attributes attrs;
8607 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('D');
8608 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (die->die_tag);
8610 memset (&attrs, 0, sizeof (attrs));
8612 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
8614 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs, decl);
8615 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs, die);
8617 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_name);
8618 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_accessibility);
8619 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_address_class);
8620 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_allocated);
8621 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_artificial);
8622 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_associated);
8623 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_binary_scale);
8624 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_offset);
8625 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_size);
8626 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_stride);
8627 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_byte_size);
8628 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_byte_stride);
8629 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_const_value);
8630 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_containing_type);
8631 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_count);
8632 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_data_location);
8633 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_data_member_location);
8634 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_decimal_scale);
8635 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_decimal_sign);
8636 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_default_value);
8637 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_digit_count);
8638 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr);
8639 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr_list);
8640 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr_value);
8641 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_encoding);
8642 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_endianity);
8643 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_explicit);
8644 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_is_optional);
8645 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_location);
8646 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_lower_bound);
8647 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_mutable);
8648 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_ordering);
8649 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_picture_string);
8650 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_prototyped);
8651 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_small);
8652 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_segment);
8653 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_string_length);
8654 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_threads_scaled);
8655 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_upper_bound);
8656 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_use_location);
8657 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_use_UTF8);
8658 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_variable_parameter);
8659 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_virtuality);
8660 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_visibility);
8661 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_vtable_elem_location);
8662 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_type);
8663 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_friend);
8665 /* Checksum the child DIEs, except for nested types and member functions. */
8668 dw_attr_ref name_attr;
8671 name_attr = get_AT (c, DW_AT_name);
8672 if ((is_type_die (c) || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
8673 && name_attr != NULL)
8675 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('S');
8676 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (c->die_tag);
8677 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr));
8681 /* Mark this DIE so it gets processed when unmarking. */
8682 if (c->die_mark == 0)
8684 die_checksum_ordered (c, ctx, mark);
8686 } while (c != die->die_child);
8688 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (0);
8692 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
8693 #undef CHECKSUM_ATTR
8694 #undef CHECKSUM_LEB128
8695 #undef CHECKSUM_ULEB128
8697 /* Generate the type signature for DIE. This is computed by generating an
8698 MD5 checksum over the DIE's tag, its relevant attributes, and its
8699 children. Attributes that are references to other DIEs are processed
8700 by recursion, using the MARK field to prevent infinite recursion.
8701 If the DIE is nested inside a namespace or another type, we also
8702 need to include that context in the signature. The lower 64 bits
8703 of the resulting MD5 checksum comprise the signature. */
8706 generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref die, comdat_type_node *type_node)
8710 unsigned char checksum[16];
8714 name = get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name);
8715 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
8717 /* First, compute a signature for just the type name (and its surrounding
8718 context, if any. This is stored in the type unit DIE for link-time
8719 ODR (one-definition rule) checking. */
8721 if (is_cxx() && name != NULL)
8723 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
8725 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
8726 if (decl != NULL && decl->die_parent != NULL)
8727 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, &ctx);
8729 md5_process_bytes (&die->die_tag, sizeof (die->die_tag), &ctx);
8730 md5_process_bytes (name, strlen (name) + 1, &ctx);
8731 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
8733 add_AT_data8 (type_node->root_die, DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature, &checksum[8]);
8736 /* Next, compute the complete type signature. */
8738 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
8740 die->die_mark = mark;
8742 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
8743 if (decl != NULL && decl->die_parent != NULL)
8744 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, &ctx);
8746 /* Checksum the DIE and its children. */
8747 die_checksum_ordered (die, &ctx, &mark);
8748 unmark_all_dies (die);
8749 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
8751 /* Store the signature in the type node and link the type DIE and the
8752 type node together. */
8753 memcpy (type_node->signature, &checksum[16 - DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE],
8754 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE);
8755 die->die_id.die_type_node = type_node;
8756 type_node->type_die = die;
8758 /* If the DIE is a specification, link its declaration to the type node
8761 decl->die_id.die_type_node = type_node;
8764 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
8766 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2, int *mark)
8768 return loc1->dw_loc_opc == loc2->dw_loc_opc
8769 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd1, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd1, mark)
8770 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd2, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd2, mark);
8773 /* Do the values look the same? */
8775 same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node *v1, const dw_val_node *v2, int *mark)
8777 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, loc2;
8780 if (v1->val_class != v2->val_class)
8783 switch (v1->val_class)
8785 case dw_val_class_const:
8786 return v1->v.val_int == v2->v.val_int;
8787 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
8788 return v1->v.val_unsigned == v2->v.val_unsigned;
8789 case dw_val_class_const_double:
8790 return v1->v.val_double.high == v2->v.val_double.high
8791 && v1->v.val_double.low == v2->v.val_double.low;
8792 case dw_val_class_vec:
8793 if (v1->v.val_vec.length != v2->v.val_vec.length
8794 || v1->v.val_vec.elt_size != v2->v.val_vec.elt_size)
8796 if (memcmp (v1->v.val_vec.array, v2->v.val_vec.array,
8797 v1->v.val_vec.length * v1->v.val_vec.elt_size))
8800 case dw_val_class_flag:
8801 return v1->v.val_flag == v2->v.val_flag;
8802 case dw_val_class_str:
8803 return !strcmp(v1->v.val_str->str, v2->v.val_str->str);
8805 case dw_val_class_addr:
8806 r1 = v1->v.val_addr;
8807 r2 = v2->v.val_addr;
8808 if (GET_CODE (r1) != GET_CODE (r2))
8810 return !rtx_equal_p (r1, r2);
8812 case dw_val_class_offset:
8813 return v1->v.val_offset == v2->v.val_offset;
8815 case dw_val_class_loc:
8816 for (loc1 = v1->v.val_loc, loc2 = v2->v.val_loc;
8818 loc1 = loc1->dw_loc_next, loc2 = loc2->dw_loc_next)
8819 if (!same_loc_p (loc1, loc2, mark))
8821 return !loc1 && !loc2;
8823 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
8824 return same_die_p (v1->v.val_die_ref.die, v2->v.val_die_ref.die, mark);
8826 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
8827 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
8828 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
8829 case dw_val_class_macptr:
8832 case dw_val_class_file:
8833 return v1->v.val_file == v2->v.val_file;
8835 case dw_val_class_data8:
8836 return !memcmp (v1->v.val_data8, v2->v.val_data8, 8);
8843 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
8846 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1, dw_attr_ref at2, int *mark)
8848 if (at1->dw_attr != at2->dw_attr)
8851 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
8852 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
8853 if (at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
8856 return same_dw_val_p (&at1->dw_attr_val, &at2->dw_attr_val, mark);
8859 /* Do the dies look the same? */
8862 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2, int *mark)
8868 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
8870 return die1->die_mark == die2->die_mark;
8871 die1->die_mark = die2->die_mark = ++(*mark);
8873 if (die1->die_tag != die2->die_tag)
8876 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die1->die_attr)
8877 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die2->die_attr))
8880 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die1->die_attr, ix, a1); ix++)
8881 if (!same_attr_p (a1, VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die2->die_attr, ix), mark))
8884 c1 = die1->die_child;
8885 c2 = die2->die_child;
8894 if (!same_die_p (c1, c2, mark))
8898 if (c1 == die1->die_child)
8900 if (c2 == die2->die_child)
8910 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
8913 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2)
8916 int ret = same_die_p (die1, die2, &mark);
8918 unmark_all_dies (die1);
8919 unmark_all_dies (die2);
8924 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
8926 static char *comdat_symbol_id;
8928 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
8929 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number;
8931 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
8932 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
8935 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die)
8937 const char *die_name = get_AT_string (unit_die, DW_AT_name);
8938 const char *base = die_name ? lbasename (die_name) : "anonymous";
8939 char *name = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (base) + 64);
8942 unsigned char checksum[16];
8945 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
8946 the name filename of the unit. */
8948 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
8950 die_checksum (unit_die, &ctx, &mark);
8951 unmark_all_dies (unit_die);
8952 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
8954 sprintf (name, "%s.", base);
8955 clean_symbol_name (name);
8957 p = name + strlen (name);
8958 for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
8960 sprintf (p, "%.2x", checksum[i]);
8964 comdat_symbol_id = unit_die->die_id.die_symbol = xstrdup (name);
8965 comdat_symbol_number = 0;
8968 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
8971 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die)
8973 switch (die->die_tag)
8975 case DW_TAG_array_type:
8976 case DW_TAG_class_type:
8977 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
8978 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
8979 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
8980 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
8981 case DW_TAG_string_type:
8982 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
8983 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
8984 case DW_TAG_union_type:
8985 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
8986 case DW_TAG_set_type:
8987 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
8988 case DW_TAG_base_type:
8989 case DW_TAG_const_type:
8990 case DW_TAG_file_type:
8991 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
8992 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
8993 case DW_TAG_typedef:
9000 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
9001 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
9002 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
9003 compilations (functions). */
9006 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c)
9008 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
9009 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
9010 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
9011 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
9013 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type)
9016 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
9017 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
9018 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_const_type
9019 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_volatile_type)
9021 dw_die_ref t = get_AT_ref (c, DW_AT_type);
9023 return t ? is_comdat_die (t) : 0;
9026 return is_type_die (c);
9029 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
9030 compilation unit. */
9033 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c)
9035 return (is_type_die (c)
9036 || is_declaration_die (c)
9037 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace
9038 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_module);
9042 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix)
9046 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, label_num++);
9047 return xstrdup (buf);
9050 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
9053 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die)
9057 if (is_symbol_die (die))
9059 if (comdat_symbol_id)
9061 char *p = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (comdat_symbol_id) + 64);
9063 sprintf (p, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX,
9064 comdat_symbol_id, comdat_symbol_number++);
9065 die->die_id.die_symbol = xstrdup (p);
9068 die->die_id.die_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
9071 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, assign_symbol_names (c));
9074 struct cu_hash_table_entry
9077 unsigned min_comdat_num, max_comdat_num;
9078 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next;
9081 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
9083 htab_cu_hash (const void *of)
9085 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *const entry =
9086 (const struct cu_hash_table_entry *) of;
9088 return htab_hash_string (entry->cu->die_id.die_symbol);
9092 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
9094 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *const entry1 =
9095 (const struct cu_hash_table_entry *) of1;
9096 const struct die_struct *const entry2 = (const struct die_struct *) of2;
9098 return !strcmp (entry1->cu->die_id.die_symbol, entry2->die_id.die_symbol);
9102 htab_cu_del (void *what)
9104 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next,
9105 *entry = (struct cu_hash_table_entry *) what;
9115 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
9118 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int *sym_num)
9120 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy;
9121 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry, *last = &dummy;
9123 dummy.max_comdat_num = 0;
9125 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
9126 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_id.die_symbol),
9130 for (; entry; last = entry, entry = entry->next)
9132 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu, entry->cu))
9138 *sym_num = entry->min_comdat_num;
9142 entry = XCNEW (struct cu_hash_table_entry);
9144 entry->min_comdat_num = *sym_num = last->max_comdat_num;
9145 entry->next = *slot;
9151 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
9153 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int sym_num)
9155 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry;
9157 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
9158 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_id.die_symbol),
9162 entry->max_comdat_num = sym_num;
9165 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
9166 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
9167 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
9170 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die)
9173 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
9174 limbo_die_node *node, **pnode;
9175 htab_t cu_hash_table;
9179 dw_die_ref prev = c;
9181 while (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
9182 || (unit && is_comdat_die (c)))
9184 dw_die_ref next = c->die_sib;
9186 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
9187 remove_child_with_prev (c, prev);
9189 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL)
9190 unit = push_new_compile_unit (unit, c);
9191 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL)
9192 unit = pop_compile_unit (unit);
9194 add_child_die (unit, c);
9196 if (c == die->die_child)
9199 } while (c != die->die_child);
9202 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
9203 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
9207 assign_symbol_names (die);
9208 cu_hash_table = htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash, htab_cu_eq, htab_cu_del);
9209 for (node = limbo_die_list, pnode = &limbo_die_list;
9215 compute_section_prefix (node->die);
9216 is_dupl = check_duplicate_cu (node->die, cu_hash_table,
9217 &comdat_symbol_number);
9218 assign_symbol_names (node->die);
9220 *pnode = node->next;
9223 pnode = &node->next;
9224 record_comdat_symbol_number (node->die, cu_hash_table,
9225 comdat_symbol_number);
9228 htab_delete (cu_hash_table);
9231 /* Return non-zero if this DIE is a declaration. */
9234 is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref die)
9239 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9240 if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_declaration)
9246 /* Return non-zero if this is a type DIE that should be moved to a
9247 COMDAT .debug_types section. */
9250 should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref die)
9252 switch (die->die_tag)
9254 case DW_TAG_class_type:
9255 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
9256 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
9257 case DW_TAG_union_type:
9258 /* Don't move declarations or inlined instances. */
9259 if (is_declaration_die (die) || get_AT (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin))
9262 case DW_TAG_array_type:
9263 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
9264 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
9265 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
9266 case DW_TAG_string_type:
9267 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
9268 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
9269 case DW_TAG_set_type:
9270 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
9271 case DW_TAG_base_type:
9272 case DW_TAG_const_type:
9273 case DW_TAG_file_type:
9274 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
9275 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
9276 case DW_TAG_typedef:
9282 /* Make a clone of DIE. */
9285 clone_die (dw_die_ref die)
9291 clone = GGC_CNEW (die_node);
9292 clone->die_tag = die->die_tag;
9294 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9295 add_dwarf_attr (clone, a);
9300 /* Make a clone of the tree rooted at DIE. */
9303 clone_tree (dw_die_ref die)
9306 dw_die_ref clone = clone_die (die);
9308 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, add_child_die (clone, clone_tree(c)));
9313 /* Make a clone of DIE as a declaration. */
9316 clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref die)
9323 /* If the DIE is already a declaration, just clone it. */
9324 if (is_declaration_die (die))
9325 return clone_die (die);
9327 /* If the DIE is a specification, just clone its declaration DIE. */
9328 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
9330 return clone_die (decl);
9332 clone = GGC_CNEW (die_node);
9333 clone->die_tag = die->die_tag;
9335 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9337 /* We don't want to copy over all attributes.
9338 For example we don't want DW_AT_byte_size because otherwise we will no
9339 longer have a declaration and GDB will treat it as a definition. */
9343 case DW_AT_artificial:
9344 case DW_AT_containing_type:
9345 case DW_AT_external:
9348 case DW_AT_virtuality:
9349 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
9350 add_dwarf_attr (clone, a);
9352 case DW_AT_byte_size:
9358 if (die->die_id.die_type_node)
9359 add_AT_die_ref (clone, DW_AT_signature, die);
9361 add_AT_flag (clone, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
9365 /* Copy the declaration context to the new compile unit DIE. This includes
9366 any surrounding namespace or type declarations. If the DIE has an
9367 AT_specification attribute, it also includes attributes and children
9368 attached to the specification. */
9371 copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die)
9374 dw_die_ref new_decl;
9376 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
9385 /* Copy the type node pointer from the new DIE to the original
9386 declaration DIE so we can forward references later. */
9387 decl->die_id.die_type_node = die->die_id.die_type_node;
9389 remove_AT (die, DW_AT_specification);
9391 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, decl->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9393 if (a->dw_attr != DW_AT_name
9394 && a->dw_attr != DW_AT_declaration
9395 && a->dw_attr != DW_AT_external)
9396 add_dwarf_attr (die, a);
9399 FOR_EACH_CHILD (decl, c, add_child_die (die, clone_tree(c)));
9402 if (decl->die_parent != NULL
9403 && decl->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
9404 && decl->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_type_unit)
9406 new_decl = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, decl, NULL);
9407 if (new_decl != NULL)
9409 remove_AT (new_decl, DW_AT_signature);
9410 add_AT_specification (die, new_decl);
9415 /* Generate the skeleton ancestor tree for the given NODE, then clone
9416 the DIE and add the clone into the tree. */
9419 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node *node)
9421 if (node->new_die != NULL)
9424 node->new_die = clone_as_declaration (node->old_die);
9426 if (node->parent != NULL)
9428 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (node->parent);
9429 add_child_die (node->parent->new_die, node->new_die);
9433 /* Generate a skeleton tree of DIEs containing any declarations that are
9434 found in the original tree. We traverse the tree looking for declaration
9435 DIEs, and construct the skeleton from the bottom up whenever we find one. */
9438 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node *parent)
9440 skeleton_chain_node node;
9443 dw_die_ref prev = NULL;
9444 dw_die_ref next = NULL;
9446 node.parent = parent;
9448 first = c = parent->old_die->die_child;
9452 if (prev == NULL || prev->die_sib == c)
9455 next = (c == first ? NULL : c->die_sib);
9457 node.new_die = NULL;
9458 if (is_declaration_die (c))
9460 /* Clone the existing DIE, move the original to the skeleton
9461 tree (which is in the main CU), and put the clone, with
9462 all the original's children, where the original came from. */
9463 dw_die_ref clone = clone_die (c);
9464 move_all_children (c, clone);
9466 replace_child (c, clone, prev);
9467 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (parent);
9468 add_child_die (parent->new_die, c);
9472 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node);
9473 } while (next != NULL);
9476 /* Wrapper function for generate_skeleton_bottom_up. */
9479 generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref die)
9481 skeleton_chain_node node;
9484 node.new_die = NULL;
9487 /* If this type definition is nested inside another type,
9488 always leave at least a declaration in its place. */
9489 if (die->die_parent != NULL && is_type_die (die->die_parent))
9490 node.new_die = clone_as_declaration (die);
9492 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node);
9493 return node.new_die;
9496 /* Remove the DIE from its parent, possibly replacing it with a cloned
9497 declaration. The original DIE will be moved to a new compile unit
9498 so that existing references to it follow it to the new location. If
9499 any of the original DIE's descendants is a declaration, we need to
9500 replace the original DIE with a skeleton tree and move the
9501 declarations back into the skeleton tree. */
9504 remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref child, dw_die_ref prev)
9506 dw_die_ref skeleton;
9508 skeleton = generate_skeleton (child);
9509 if (skeleton == NULL)
9510 remove_child_with_prev (child, prev);
9513 skeleton->die_id.die_type_node = child->die_id.die_type_node;
9514 replace_child (child, skeleton, prev);
9520 /* Traverse the DIE and set up additional .debug_types sections for each
9521 type worthy of being placed in a COMDAT section. */
9524 break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref die)
9528 dw_die_ref prev = NULL;
9529 dw_die_ref next = NULL;
9530 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
9532 first = c = die->die_child;
9536 if (prev == NULL || prev->die_sib == c)
9539 next = (c == first ? NULL : c->die_sib);
9540 if (should_move_die_to_comdat (c))
9542 dw_die_ref replacement;
9543 comdat_type_node_ref type_node;
9545 /* Create a new type unit DIE as the root for the new tree, and
9546 add it to the list of comdat types. */
9547 unit = new_die (DW_TAG_type_unit, NULL, NULL);
9548 add_AT_unsigned (unit, DW_AT_language,
9549 get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language));
9550 type_node = GGC_CNEW (comdat_type_node);
9551 type_node->root_die = unit;
9552 type_node->next = comdat_type_list;
9553 comdat_type_list = type_node;
9555 /* Generate the type signature. */
9556 generate_type_signature (c, type_node);
9558 /* Copy the declaration context, attributes, and children of the
9559 declaration into the new compile unit DIE. */
9560 copy_declaration_context (unit, c);
9562 /* Remove this DIE from the main CU. */
9563 replacement = remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (c, prev);
9565 /* Break out nested types into their own type units. */
9566 break_out_comdat_types (c);
9568 /* Add the DIE to the new compunit. */
9569 add_child_die (unit, c);
9571 if (replacement != NULL)
9574 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace
9575 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_class_type
9576 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
9577 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type)
9579 /* Look for nested types that can be broken out. */
9580 break_out_comdat_types (c);
9582 } while (next != NULL);
9585 /* Structure to map a DIE in one CU to its copy in a comdat type unit. */
9587 struct decl_table_entry
9593 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of copied declarations. */
9596 htab_decl_hash (const void *of)
9598 const struct decl_table_entry *const entry =
9599 (const struct decl_table_entry *) of;
9601 return htab_hash_pointer (entry->orig);
9605 htab_decl_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
9607 const struct decl_table_entry *const entry1 =
9608 (const struct decl_table_entry *) of1;
9609 const struct die_struct *const entry2 = (const struct die_struct *) of2;
9611 return entry1->orig == entry2;
9615 htab_decl_del (void *what)
9617 struct decl_table_entry *entry = (struct decl_table_entry *) what;
9622 /* Copy DIE and its ancestors, up to, but not including, the compile unit
9623 or type unit entry, to a new tree. Adds the new tree to UNIT and returns
9624 a pointer to the copy of DIE. If DECL_TABLE is provided, it is used
9625 to check if the ancestor has already been copied into UNIT. */
9628 copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die, htab_t decl_table)
9630 dw_die_ref parent = die->die_parent;
9631 dw_die_ref new_parent = unit;
9634 struct decl_table_entry *entry = NULL;
9638 /* Check if the entry has already been copied to UNIT. */
9639 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table, die,
9640 htab_hash_pointer (die), INSERT);
9641 if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY)
9643 entry = (struct decl_table_entry *) *slot;
9647 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that DIE has been copied to UNIT. */
9648 entry = XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry);
9656 dw_die_ref spec = get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification);
9659 if (parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
9660 && parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_type_unit)
9661 new_parent = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, parent, decl_table);
9664 copy = clone_as_declaration (die);
9665 add_child_die (new_parent, copy);
9667 if (decl_table != NULL)
9669 /* Make sure the copy is marked as part of the type unit. */
9671 /* Record the pointer to the copy. */
9678 /* Walk the DIE and its children, looking for references to incomplete
9679 or trivial types that are unmarked (i.e., that are not in the current
9683 copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die, htab_t decl_table)
9689 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9691 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
9693 dw_die_ref targ = AT_ref (a);
9694 comdat_type_node_ref type_node = targ->die_id.die_type_node;
9696 struct decl_table_entry *entry;
9698 if (targ->die_mark != 0 || type_node != NULL)
9701 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table, targ,
9702 htab_hash_pointer (targ), INSERT);
9704 if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY)
9706 /* TARG has already been copied, so we just need to
9707 modify the reference to point to the copy. */
9708 entry = (struct decl_table_entry *) *slot;
9709 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = entry->copy;
9713 dw_die_ref parent = unit;
9714 dw_die_ref copy = clone_tree (targ);
9716 /* Make sure the cloned tree is marked as part of the
9720 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that TARG has been copied.
9721 Need to do this now, before the recursive call,
9722 because DECL_TABLE may be expanded and SLOT
9723 would no longer be a valid pointer. */
9724 entry = XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry);
9729 /* If TARG has surrounding context, copy its ancestor tree
9730 into the new type unit. */
9731 if (targ->die_parent != NULL
9732 && targ->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
9733 && targ->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_type_unit)
9734 parent = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, targ->die_parent,
9737 add_child_die (parent, copy);
9738 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = copy;
9740 /* Make sure the newly-copied DIE is walked. If it was
9741 installed in a previously-added context, it won't
9742 get visited otherwise. */
9744 copy_decls_walk (unit, parent, decl_table);
9749 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, copy_decls_walk (unit, c, decl_table));
9752 /* Copy declarations for "unworthy" types into the new comdat section.
9753 Incomplete types, modified types, and certain other types aren't broken
9754 out into comdat sections of their own, so they don't have a signature,
9755 and we need to copy the declaration into the same section so that we
9756 don't have an external reference. */
9759 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref unit)
9764 decl_table = htab_create (10, htab_decl_hash, htab_decl_eq, htab_decl_del);
9765 copy_decls_walk (unit, unit, decl_table);
9766 htab_delete (decl_table);
9770 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
9771 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
9772 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
9775 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die)
9779 if (! die->die_child)
9782 if (die->die_parent && die != die->die_parent->die_child)
9783 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_sibling, die->die_sib);
9785 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, add_sibling_attributes (c));
9788 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
9791 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die)
9797 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9798 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
9799 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (a));
9801 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, output_location_lists (c));
9804 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
9805 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
9806 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
9807 die are visited recursively. */
9810 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die)
9812 unsigned long abbrev_id;
9813 unsigned int n_alloc;
9818 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
9819 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
9820 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9821 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref
9822 && AT_ref (a)->die_mark == 0)
9824 gcc_assert (dwarf_version >= 4 || AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol);
9825 set_AT_ref_external (a, 1);
9828 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
9830 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
9831 dw_attr_ref die_a, abbrev_a;
9835 if (abbrev->die_tag != die->die_tag)
9837 if ((abbrev->die_child != NULL) != (die->die_child != NULL))
9840 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr)
9841 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr))
9844 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, die_a); ix++)
9846 abbrev_a = VEC_index (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr, ix);
9847 if ((abbrev_a->dw_attr != die_a->dw_attr)
9848 || (value_format (abbrev_a) != value_format (die_a)))
9858 if (abbrev_id >= abbrev_die_table_in_use)
9860 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use >= abbrev_die_table_allocated)
9862 n_alloc = abbrev_die_table_allocated + ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
9863 abbrev_die_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref, abbrev_die_table,
9866 memset (&abbrev_die_table[abbrev_die_table_allocated], 0,
9867 (n_alloc - abbrev_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
9868 abbrev_die_table_allocated = n_alloc;
9871 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use;
9872 abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id] = die;
9875 die->die_abbrev = abbrev_id;
9876 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, build_abbrev_table (c));
9879 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
9882 constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value)
9889 log = floor_log2 (value);
9892 log = 1 << (floor_log2 (log) + 1);
9897 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
9898 .debug_info section. */
9900 static unsigned long
9901 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die)
9903 unsigned long size = 0;
9907 size += size_of_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev);
9908 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9910 switch (AT_class (a))
9912 case dw_val_class_addr:
9913 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
9915 case dw_val_class_offset:
9916 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9918 case dw_val_class_loc:
9920 unsigned long lsize = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
9923 size += constant_size (lsize);
9927 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
9928 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9930 case dw_val_class_range_list:
9931 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9933 case dw_val_class_const:
9934 size += size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a));
9936 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
9937 size += constant_size (AT_unsigned (a));
9939 case dw_val_class_const_double:
9940 size += 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR;
9941 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64)
9944 case dw_val_class_vec:
9945 size += constant_size (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
9946 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size)
9947 + a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
9948 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size; /* block */
9950 case dw_val_class_flag:
9953 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
9954 if (AT_ref_external (a))
9956 /* In DWARF4, we use DW_FORM_sig8; for earlier versions
9957 we use DW_FORM_ref_addr. In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr
9958 is sized by target address length, whereas in DWARF3
9959 it's always sized as an offset. */
9960 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
9961 size += DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE;
9962 else if (dwarf_version == 2)
9963 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
9965 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9968 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9970 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
9971 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9973 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
9974 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
9976 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
9977 case dw_val_class_macptr:
9978 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9980 case dw_val_class_str:
9981 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
9982 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9984 size += strlen (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str) + 1;
9986 case dw_val_class_file:
9987 size += constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file));
9989 case dw_val_class_data8:
10000 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
10001 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
10002 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
10003 die_offset field in each DIE. */
10006 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die)
10010 die->die_offset = next_die_offset;
10011 next_die_offset += size_of_die (die);
10013 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, calc_die_sizes (c));
10015 if (die->die_child != NULL)
10016 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
10017 next_die_offset += 1;
10020 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
10021 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
10022 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
10023 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
10026 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
10030 gcc_assert (!die->die_mark);
10033 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, mark_dies (c));
10036 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
10039 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
10043 if (dwarf_version < 4)
10044 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
10047 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, unmark_dies (c));
10050 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
10053 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die)
10059 if (!die->die_mark)
10063 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, unmark_all_dies (c));
10065 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
10066 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
10067 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a));
10070 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames or .debug_pubtypes table
10071 generated for the compilation unit. */
10073 static unsigned long
10074 size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * names)
10076 unsigned long size;
10080 size = DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE;
10081 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry, names, i, p); i++)
10082 if (names != pubtype_table
10083 || p->die->die_offset != 0
10084 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
10085 size += strlen (p->name) + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 1;
10087 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10091 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
10093 static unsigned long
10094 size_of_aranges (void)
10096 unsigned long size;
10098 size = DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE;
10100 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
10101 if (text_section_used)
10102 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10103 if (cold_text_section_used)
10104 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10105 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * arange_table_in_use;
10107 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
10108 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10112 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
10114 static enum dwarf_form
10115 value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
10117 switch (a->dw_attr_val.val_class)
10119 case dw_val_class_addr:
10120 /* Only very few attributes allow DW_FORM_addr. */
10121 switch (a->dw_attr)
10124 case DW_AT_high_pc:
10125 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
10126 case DW_AT_trampoline:
10127 return DW_FORM_addr;
10131 switch (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
10134 return DW_FORM_data1;
10136 return DW_FORM_data2;
10138 return DW_FORM_data4;
10140 return DW_FORM_data8;
10142 gcc_unreachable ();
10144 case dw_val_class_range_list:
10145 case dw_val_class_offset:
10146 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
10147 switch (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
10150 return DW_FORM_data4;
10152 return DW_FORM_data8;
10154 gcc_unreachable ();
10156 case dw_val_class_loc:
10157 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a))))
10160 return DW_FORM_block1;
10162 return DW_FORM_block2;
10164 gcc_unreachable ();
10166 case dw_val_class_const:
10167 return DW_FORM_sdata;
10168 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
10169 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)))
10172 return DW_FORM_data1;
10174 return DW_FORM_data2;
10176 return DW_FORM_data4;
10178 return DW_FORM_data8;
10180 gcc_unreachable ();
10182 case dw_val_class_const_double:
10183 switch (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
10186 return DW_FORM_data2;
10188 return DW_FORM_data4;
10190 return DW_FORM_data8;
10193 return DW_FORM_block1;
10195 case dw_val_class_vec:
10196 switch (constant_size (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
10197 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size))
10200 return DW_FORM_block1;
10202 return DW_FORM_block2;
10204 return DW_FORM_block4;
10206 gcc_unreachable ();
10208 case dw_val_class_flag:
10209 return DW_FORM_flag;
10210 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
10211 if (AT_ref_external (a))
10212 return dwarf_version >= 4 ? DW_FORM_sig8 : DW_FORM_ref_addr;
10214 return DW_FORM_ref;
10215 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
10216 return DW_FORM_data;
10217 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
10218 return DW_FORM_addr;
10219 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
10220 case dw_val_class_macptr:
10221 return DW_FORM_data;
10222 case dw_val_class_str:
10223 return AT_string_form (a);
10224 case dw_val_class_file:
10225 switch (constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file)))
10228 return DW_FORM_data1;
10230 return DW_FORM_data2;
10232 return DW_FORM_data4;
10234 gcc_unreachable ();
10237 case dw_val_class_data8:
10238 return DW_FORM_data8;
10241 gcc_unreachable ();
10245 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
10248 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
10250 enum dwarf_form form = value_format (a);
10252 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form));
10255 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
10259 output_abbrev_section (void)
10261 unsigned long abbrev_id;
10263 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
10265 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
10267 dw_attr_ref a_attr;
10269 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id, "(abbrev code)");
10270 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev->die_tag, "(TAG: %s)",
10271 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev->die_tag));
10273 if (abbrev->die_child != NULL)
10274 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes, "DW_children_yes");
10276 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no, "DW_children_no");
10278 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr, ix, a_attr);
10281 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr->dw_attr, "(%s)",
10282 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr->dw_attr));
10283 output_value_format (a_attr);
10286 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
10287 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
10290 /* Terminate the table. */
10291 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
10294 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
10297 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die)
10299 char *sym = die->die_id.die_symbol;
10304 if (strncmp (sym, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX) - 1) == 0)
10305 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
10306 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
10308 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file, sym);
10310 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, sym);
10313 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
10316 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
10317 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr, const char *begin, const char *end,
10318 const char *section)
10320 dw_loc_list_ref retlist = GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_list_node);
10322 retlist->begin = begin;
10323 retlist->end = end;
10324 retlist->expr = expr;
10325 retlist->section = section;
10330 /* Generate a new internal symbol for this location list node, if it
10331 hasn't got one yet. */
10334 gen_llsym (dw_loc_list_ref list)
10336 gcc_assert (!list->ll_symbol);
10337 list->ll_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
10340 /* Output the location list given to us. */
10343 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head)
10345 dw_loc_list_ref curr = list_head;
10347 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, list_head->ll_symbol);
10349 /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */
10350 for (curr = list_head; curr != NULL; curr = curr->dw_loc_next)
10352 unsigned long size;
10353 /* Don't output an entry that starts and ends at the same address. */
10354 if (strcmp (curr->begin, curr->end) == 0)
10356 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
10358 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin, curr->section,
10359 "Location list begin address (%s)",
10360 list_head->ll_symbol);
10361 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end, curr->section,
10362 "Location list end address (%s)",
10363 list_head->ll_symbol);
10367 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin,
10368 "Location list begin address (%s)",
10369 list_head->ll_symbol);
10370 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end,
10371 "Location list end address (%s)",
10372 list_head->ll_symbol);
10374 size = size_of_locs (curr->expr);
10376 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
10377 gcc_assert (size <= 0xffff);
10378 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size, "%s", "Location expression size");
10380 output_loc_sequence (curr->expr);
10383 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
10384 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
10385 list_head->ll_symbol);
10386 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
10387 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
10388 list_head->ll_symbol);
10391 /* Output a type signature. */
10394 output_signature (const char *sig, const char *name)
10398 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
10399 dw2_asm_output_data (1, sig[i], i == 0 ? "%s" : NULL, name);
10402 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
10403 the definitions of each child DIE. */
10406 output_die (dw_die_ref die)
10410 unsigned long size;
10413 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
10414 them to point to. */
10415 if (dwarf_version < 4 && die->die_id.die_symbol)
10416 output_die_symbol (die);
10418 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
10419 (unsigned long)die->die_offset,
10420 dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
10422 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
10424 const char *name = dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr);
10426 switch (AT_class (a))
10428 case dw_val_class_addr:
10429 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_addr (a), "%s", name);
10432 case dw_val_class_offset:
10433 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset,
10437 case dw_val_class_range_list:
10439 char *p = strchr (ranges_section_label, '\0');
10441 sprintf (p, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
10442 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
10443 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, ranges_section_label,
10444 debug_ranges_section, "%s", name);
10449 case dw_val_class_loc:
10450 size = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
10452 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
10453 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size), size, "%s", name);
10455 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a));
10458 case dw_val_class_const:
10459 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
10460 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
10461 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
10462 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a), "%s", name);
10465 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
10466 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)),
10467 AT_unsigned (a), "%s", name);
10470 case dw_val_class_const_double:
10472 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
10474 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64)
10475 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
10476 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
10477 / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
10480 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
10482 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high;
10483 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low;
10487 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low;
10488 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high;
10491 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
10493 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
10498 case dw_val_class_vec:
10500 unsigned int elt_size = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size;
10501 unsigned int len = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length;
10505 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (len * elt_size),
10506 len * elt_size, "%s", name);
10507 if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
10512 for (i = 0, p = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array;
10514 i++, p += elt_size)
10515 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size),
10516 "fp or vector constant word %u", i);
10520 case dw_val_class_flag:
10521 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a), "%s", name);
10524 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
10526 char *sym = AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol;
10529 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, sym, debug_loc_section,
10534 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
10535 if (AT_ref_external (a))
10537 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10539 comdat_type_node_ref type_node =
10540 AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node;
10542 gcc_assert (type_node);
10543 output_signature (type_node->signature, name);
10547 char *sym = AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol;
10551 /* In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr is sized by target address
10552 length, whereas in DWARF3 it's always sized as an
10554 if (dwarf_version == 2)
10555 size = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10557 size = DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10558 dw2_asm_output_offset (size, sym, debug_info_section, "%s",
10564 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
10565 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_ref (a)->die_offset,
10570 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
10574 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_LABEL,
10575 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index * 2);
10576 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l1, debug_frame_section,
10581 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
10582 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
10585 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
10586 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a),
10587 debug_line_section, "%s", name);
10590 case dw_val_class_macptr:
10591 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a),
10592 debug_macinfo_section, "%s", name);
10595 case dw_val_class_str:
10596 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
10597 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
10598 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->label,
10600 "%s: \"%s\"", name, AT_string (a));
10602 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a), -1, "%s", name);
10605 case dw_val_class_file:
10607 int f = maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file);
10609 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (f), f, "%s (%s)", name,
10610 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file->filename);
10614 case dw_val_class_data8:
10618 for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
10619 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8[i],
10620 i == 0 ? "%s" : NULL, name);
10625 gcc_unreachable ();
10629 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, output_die (c));
10631 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
10632 if (die->die_child != NULL)
10633 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
10634 (unsigned long) die->die_offset);
10637 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
10638 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
10641 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
10643 int ver = dwarf_version;
10645 /* Don't mark the output as DWARF-4 until we make full use of the
10646 version 4 extensions, and gdb supports them. For now, -gdwarf-4
10647 selects only a few extensions from the DWARF-4 spec. */
10650 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
10651 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
10652 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
10653 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
10654 next_die_offset - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE,
10655 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
10656 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver, "DWARF version number");
10657 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, abbrev_section_label,
10658 debug_abbrev_section,
10659 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
10660 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
10663 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
10666 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die, int output_if_empty)
10668 const char *secname;
10669 char *oldsym, *tmp;
10671 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
10672 if (!output_if_empty && die->die_child == NULL)
10675 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
10676 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
10677 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
10678 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
10679 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
10682 build_abbrev_table (die);
10684 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
10685 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
10686 calc_die_sizes (die);
10688 oldsym = die->die_id.die_symbol;
10691 tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (oldsym) + 24);
10693 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym);
10695 die->die_id.die_symbol = NULL;
10696 switch_to_section (get_section (secname, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL));
10699 switch_to_section (debug_info_section);
10701 /* Output debugging information. */
10702 output_compilation_unit_header ();
10705 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
10706 output_pubnames. */
10710 die->die_id.die_symbol = oldsym;
10714 /* Output a comdat type unit DIE and its children. */
10717 output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node *node)
10719 const char *secname;
10722 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
10726 /* First mark all the DIEs in this CU so we know which get local refs. */
10727 mark_dies (node->root_die);
10729 build_abbrev_table (node->root_die);
10731 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
10732 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
10733 calc_die_sizes (node->root_die);
10735 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
10736 secname = ".debug_types";
10737 tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, 4 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE * 2);
10738 sprintf (tmp, "wt.");
10739 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
10740 sprintf (tmp + 3 + i * 2, "%02x", node->signature[i] & 0xff);
10741 comdat_key = get_identifier (tmp);
10742 targetm.asm_out.named_section (secname,
10743 SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_LINKONCE,
10746 tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, 18 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE * 2);
10747 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wt.");
10748 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
10749 sprintf (tmp + 17 + i * 2, "%02x", node->signature[i] & 0xff);
10751 switch_to_section (get_section (secname, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL));
10754 /* Output debugging information. */
10755 output_compilation_unit_header ();
10756 output_signature (node->signature, "Type Signature");
10757 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, node->type_die->die_offset,
10758 "Offset to Type DIE");
10759 output_die (node->root_die);
10761 unmark_dies (node->root_die);
10764 /* Return the DWARF2/3 pubname associated with a decl. */
10766 static const char *
10767 dwarf2_name (tree decl, int scope)
10769 return lang_hooks.dwarf_name (decl, scope ? 1 : 0);
10772 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
10775 add_pubname_string (const char *str, dw_die_ref die)
10780 e.name = xstrdup (str);
10781 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry, gc, pubname_table, &e);
10785 add_pubname (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
10787 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
10789 const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 1);
10791 add_pubname_string (name, die);
10795 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubtypes if appropriate. */
10798 add_pubtype (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
10803 if ((TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
10804 || die->die_parent == comp_unit_die)
10805 && (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_typedef || COMPLETE_TYPE_P (decl)))
10810 if (TYPE_NAME (decl))
10812 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
10813 e.name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TYPE_NAME (decl));
10814 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl)) == TYPE_DECL
10815 && DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl)))
10816 e.name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl)));
10818 e.name = xstrdup ((const char *) get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name));
10823 e.name = dwarf2_name (decl, 1);
10825 e.name = xstrdup (e.name);
10828 /* If we don't have a name for the type, there's no point in adding
10829 it to the table. */
10830 if (e.name && e.name[0] != '\0')
10831 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry, gc, pubtype_table, &e);
10835 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
10836 visible names; or the public types table used to find type definitions. */
10839 output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * names)
10842 unsigned long pubnames_length = size_of_pubnames (names);
10845 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
10846 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
10847 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
10848 if (names == pubname_table)
10849 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
10850 "Length of Public Names Info");
10852 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
10853 "Length of Public Type Names Info");
10854 /* Version number for pubnames/pubtypes is still 2, even in DWARF3. */
10855 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
10856 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
10857 debug_info_section,
10858 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
10859 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, next_die_offset,
10860 "Compilation Unit Length");
10862 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry, names, i, pub); i++)
10864 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
10865 if (names == pubname_table)
10866 gcc_assert (pub->die->die_mark);
10868 if (names != pubtype_table
10869 || pub->die->die_offset != 0
10870 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
10872 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pub->die->die_offset,
10875 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub->name, -1, "external name");
10879 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, NULL);
10882 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
10885 add_arange (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
10887 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
10890 if (arange_table_in_use == arange_table_allocated)
10892 arange_table_allocated += ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
10893 arange_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref, arange_table,
10894 arange_table_allocated);
10895 memset (arange_table + arange_table_in_use, 0,
10896 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
10899 arange_table[arange_table_in_use++] = die;
10902 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
10903 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
10904 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
10907 output_aranges (void)
10910 unsigned long aranges_length = size_of_aranges ();
10912 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
10913 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
10914 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
10915 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, aranges_length,
10916 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
10917 /* Version number for aranges is still 2, even in DWARF3. */
10918 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
10919 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
10920 debug_info_section,
10921 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
10922 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Size of Address");
10923 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
10925 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
10926 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE)
10928 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
10930 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
10931 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
10932 for (i = 2; i < (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE; i += 2)
10933 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL);
10936 /* It is necessary not to output these entries if the sections were
10937 not used; if the sections were not used, the length will be 0 and
10938 the address may end up as 0 if the section is discarded by ld
10939 --gc-sections, leaving an invalid (0, 0) entry that can be
10940 confused with the terminator. */
10941 if (text_section_used)
10943 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_section_label, "Address");
10944 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label,
10945 text_section_label, "Length");
10947 if (cold_text_section_used)
10949 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_text_section_label,
10951 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_end_label,
10952 cold_text_section_label, "Length");
10955 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
10957 dw_die_ref die = arange_table[i];
10959 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
10960 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
10962 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
10964 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_low_pc (die),
10966 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_hi_pc (die),
10967 get_AT_low_pc (die), "Length");
10971 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
10972 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
10973 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
10974 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_location);
10975 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
10977 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
10980 gcc_assert (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr);
10982 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
10983 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, "Address");
10984 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
10985 get_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size),
10990 /* Output the terminator words. */
10991 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
10992 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
10995 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
10998 static unsigned int
10999 add_ranges_num (int num)
11001 unsigned int in_use = ranges_table_in_use;
11003 if (in_use == ranges_table_allocated)
11005 ranges_table_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11006 ranges_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_struct, ranges_table,
11007 ranges_table_allocated);
11008 memset (ranges_table + ranges_table_in_use, 0,
11009 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct));
11012 ranges_table[in_use].num = num;
11013 ranges_table_in_use = in_use + 1;
11015 return in_use * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
11018 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a block, or a
11019 range terminator if BLOCK is NULL. */
11021 static unsigned int
11022 add_ranges (const_tree block)
11024 return add_ranges_num (block ? BLOCK_NUMBER (block) : 0);
11027 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a pair of
11031 add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref die, const char *begin, const char *end,
11034 unsigned int in_use = ranges_by_label_in_use;
11035 unsigned int offset;
11037 if (in_use == ranges_by_label_allocated)
11039 ranges_by_label_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11040 ranges_by_label = GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct,
11042 ranges_by_label_allocated);
11043 memset (ranges_by_label + ranges_by_label_in_use, 0,
11044 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
11045 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct));
11048 ranges_by_label[in_use].begin = begin;
11049 ranges_by_label[in_use].end = end;
11050 ranges_by_label_in_use = in_use + 1;
11052 offset = add_ranges_num (-(int)in_use - 1);
11055 add_AT_range_list (die, DW_AT_ranges, offset);
11061 output_ranges (void)
11064 static const char *const start_fmt = "Offset 0x%x";
11065 const char *fmt = start_fmt;
11067 for (i = 0; i < ranges_table_in_use; i++)
11069 int block_num = ranges_table[i].num;
11073 char blabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11074 char elabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11076 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, block_num);
11077 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel, BLOCK_END_LABEL, block_num);
11079 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
11080 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
11081 base of the text section. */
11082 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
11084 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
11085 text_section_label,
11086 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11087 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel,
11088 text_section_label, NULL);
11091 /* Otherwise, the compilation unit base address is zero,
11092 which allows us to use absolute addresses, and not worry
11093 about whether the target supports cross-section
11097 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
11098 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11099 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel, NULL);
11105 /* Negative block_num stands for an index into ranges_by_label. */
11106 else if (block_num < 0)
11108 int lab_idx = - block_num - 1;
11110 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
11112 gcc_unreachable ();
11114 /* If we ever use add_ranges_by_labels () for a single
11115 function section, all we have to do is to take out
11116 the #if 0 above. */
11117 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11118 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].begin,
11119 text_section_label,
11120 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11121 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11122 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].end,
11123 text_section_label, NULL);
11128 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11129 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].begin,
11130 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11131 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11132 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].end,
11138 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
11139 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
11145 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
11148 const char *path; /* Complete file name. */
11149 const char *fname; /* File name part. */
11150 int length; /* Length of entire string. */
11151 struct dwarf_file_data * file_idx; /* Index in input file table. */
11152 int dir_idx; /* Index in directory table. */
11155 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
11159 const char *path; /* Path including directory name. */
11160 int length; /* Path length. */
11161 int prefix; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
11162 int count; /* Number of files in this directory. */
11163 int dir_idx; /* Index of directory used as base. */
11166 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
11167 the directories in the path. */
11170 file_info_cmp (const void *p1, const void *p2)
11172 const struct file_info *const s1 = (const struct file_info *) p1;
11173 const struct file_info *const s2 = (const struct file_info *) p2;
11174 const unsigned char *cp1;
11175 const unsigned char *cp2;
11177 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
11178 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
11179 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
11180 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
11181 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
11182 if ((s1->path == s1->fname || s2->path == s2->fname))
11183 return (s2->path == s2->fname) - (s1->path == s1->fname);
11185 cp1 = (const unsigned char *) s1->path;
11186 cp2 = (const unsigned char *) s2->path;
11192 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
11193 if ((cp1 == (const unsigned char *) s1->fname)
11194 || (cp2 == (const unsigned char *) s2->fname))
11195 return ((cp2 == (const unsigned char *) s2->fname)
11196 - (cp1 == (const unsigned char *) s1->fname));
11198 /* Character of current path component the same? */
11199 else if (*cp1 != *cp2)
11200 return *cp1 - *cp2;
11204 struct file_name_acquire_data
11206 struct file_info *files;
11211 /* Traversal function for the hash table. */
11214 file_name_acquire (void ** slot, void *data)
11216 struct file_name_acquire_data *fnad = (struct file_name_acquire_data *) data;
11217 struct dwarf_file_data *d = (struct dwarf_file_data *) *slot;
11218 struct file_info *fi;
11221 gcc_assert (fnad->max_files >= d->emitted_number);
11223 if (! d->emitted_number)
11226 gcc_assert (fnad->max_files != fnad->used_files);
11228 fi = fnad->files + fnad->used_files++;
11230 /* Skip all leading "./". */
11232 while (f[0] == '.' && IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (f[1]))
11235 /* Create a new array entry. */
11237 fi->length = strlen (f);
11240 /* Search for the file name part. */
11241 f = strrchr (f, DIR_SEPARATOR);
11242 #if defined (DIR_SEPARATOR_2)
11244 char *g = strrchr (fi->path, DIR_SEPARATOR_2);
11248 if (f == NULL || f < g)
11254 fi->fname = f == NULL ? fi->path : f + 1;
11258 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
11259 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
11260 slowdowns with many input files. */
11263 output_file_names (void)
11265 struct file_name_acquire_data fnad;
11267 struct file_info *files;
11268 struct dir_info *dirs;
11276 if (!last_emitted_file)
11278 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
11279 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
11283 numfiles = last_emitted_file->emitted_number;
11285 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
11286 files = XALLOCAVEC (struct file_info, numfiles);
11287 dirs = XALLOCAVEC (struct dir_info, numfiles);
11289 fnad.files = files;
11290 fnad.used_files = 0;
11291 fnad.max_files = numfiles;
11292 htab_traverse (file_table, file_name_acquire, &fnad);
11293 gcc_assert (fnad.used_files == fnad.max_files);
11295 qsort (files, numfiles, sizeof (files[0]), file_info_cmp);
11297 /* Find all the different directories used. */
11298 dirs[0].path = files[0].path;
11299 dirs[0].length = files[0].fname - files[0].path;
11300 dirs[0].prefix = -1;
11302 dirs[0].dir_idx = 0;
11303 files[0].dir_idx = 0;
11306 for (i = 1; i < numfiles; i++)
11307 if (files[i].fname - files[i].path == dirs[ndirs - 1].length
11308 && memcmp (dirs[ndirs - 1].path, files[i].path,
11309 dirs[ndirs - 1].length) == 0)
11311 /* Same directory as last entry. */
11312 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs - 1;
11313 ++dirs[ndirs - 1].count;
11319 /* This is a new directory. */
11320 dirs[ndirs].path = files[i].path;
11321 dirs[ndirs].length = files[i].fname - files[i].path;
11322 dirs[ndirs].count = 1;
11323 dirs[ndirs].dir_idx = ndirs;
11324 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs;
11326 /* Search for a prefix. */
11327 dirs[ndirs].prefix = -1;
11328 for (j = 0; j < ndirs; j++)
11329 if (dirs[j].length < dirs[ndirs].length
11330 && dirs[j].length > 1
11331 && (dirs[ndirs].prefix == -1
11332 || dirs[j].length > dirs[dirs[ndirs].prefix].length)
11333 && memcmp (dirs[j].path, dirs[ndirs].path, dirs[j].length) == 0)
11334 dirs[ndirs].prefix = j;
11339 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
11340 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
11341 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
11342 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
11343 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
11344 results in most cases and never is much off. */
11345 saved = XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs);
11346 savehere = XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs);
11348 memset (saved, '\0', ndirs * sizeof (saved[0]));
11349 for (i = 0; i < ndirs; i++)
11354 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
11355 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
11356 savehere[i] = dirs[i].length;
11357 total = (savehere[i] - saved[i]) * dirs[i].count;
11359 for (j = i + 1; j < ndirs; j++)
11362 if (saved[j] < dirs[i].length)
11364 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
11368 k = dirs[j].prefix;
11369 while (k != -1 && k != (int) i)
11370 k = dirs[k].prefix;
11374 /* Yes it is. We can possibly save some memory by
11375 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
11377 savehere[j] = dirs[i].length;
11378 total += (savehere[j] - saved[j]) * dirs[j].count;
11383 /* Check whether we can save enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
11385 if (total > dirs[i].length + 1)
11387 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
11388 for (j = i; j < ndirs; j++)
11389 if (savehere[j] > 0)
11391 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
11392 saved[j] = savehere[j];
11394 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
11395 dirs[j].dir_idx = i;
11400 /* Emit the directory name table. */
11401 idx_offset = dirs[0].length > 0 ? 1 : 0;
11402 for (i = 1 - idx_offset; i < ndirs; i++)
11403 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs[i].path,
11405 - !DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR,
11406 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", i + idx_offset);
11408 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
11410 /* We have to emit them in the order of emitted_number since that's
11411 used in the debug info generation. To do this efficiently we
11412 generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
11413 backmap = XALLOCAVEC (int, numfiles);
11414 for (i = 0; i < numfiles; i++)
11415 backmap[files[i].file_idx->emitted_number - 1] = i;
11417 /* Now write all the file names. */
11418 for (i = 0; i < numfiles; i++)
11420 int file_idx = backmap[i];
11421 int dir_idx = dirs[files[file_idx].dir_idx].dir_idx;
11423 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11424 #define MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN 6 /* ";32768" */
11426 /* Setting these fields can lead to debugger miscomparisons,
11427 but VMS Debug requires them to be set correctly. */
11432 int maxfilelen = strlen (files[file_idx].path)
11433 + dirs[dir_idx].length
11434 + MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN + 1;
11435 char *filebuf = XALLOCAVEC (char, maxfilelen);
11437 vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, 0, 0, 0, &ver);
11438 snprintf (filebuf, maxfilelen, "%s;%d",
11439 files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, ver);
11441 dw2_asm_output_nstring
11442 (filebuf, -1, "File Entry: 0x%x", (unsigned) i + 1);
11444 /* Include directory index. */
11445 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx + idx_offset, NULL);
11447 /* Modification time. */
11448 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
11449 ((vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, &cdt, 0, 0, 0) == 0)
11453 /* File length in bytes. */
11454 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
11455 ((vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, 0, &siz, 0, 0) == 0)
11459 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, -1,
11460 "File Entry: 0x%x", (unsigned) i + 1);
11462 /* Include directory index. */
11463 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx + idx_offset, NULL);
11465 /* Modification time. */
11466 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
11468 /* File length in bytes. */
11469 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
11473 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
11477 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
11478 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
11481 output_line_info (void)
11483 char l1[20], l2[20], p1[20], p2[20];
11484 char line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11485 char prev_line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11487 unsigned n_op_args;
11488 unsigned long lt_index;
11489 unsigned long current_line;
11492 unsigned long current_file;
11493 unsigned long function;
11494 int ver = dwarf_version;
11496 /* Don't mark the output as DWARF-4 until we make full use of the
11497 version 4 extensions, and gdb supports them. For now, -gdwarf-4
11498 selects only a few extensions from the DWARF-4 spec. */
11502 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL, 0);
11503 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL, 0);
11504 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL, 0);
11505 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL, 0);
11507 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
11508 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11509 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11510 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
11511 "Length of Source Line Info");
11512 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
11514 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver, "DWARF Version");
11515 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, p2, p1, "Prolog Length");
11516 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p1);
11518 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
11519 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
11520 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
11521 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
11522 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
11523 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
11524 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
11525 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
11526 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
11527 "Minimum Instruction Length");
11529 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START,
11530 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
11531 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE,
11532 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
11533 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE,
11534 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
11535 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE,
11536 "Special Opcode Base");
11538 for (opc = 1; opc < DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE; opc++)
11542 case DW_LNS_advance_pc:
11543 case DW_LNS_advance_line:
11544 case DW_LNS_set_file:
11545 case DW_LNS_set_column:
11546 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc:
11554 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
11558 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
11559 output_file_names ();
11560 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p2);
11562 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
11563 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
11564 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
11566 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
11567 a series of state machine operations. */
11571 if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
11572 strcpy (prev_line_label, crtl->subsections.cold_section_label);
11574 strcpy (prev_line_label, text_section_label);
11575 for (lt_index = 1; lt_index < line_info_table_in_use; ++lt_index)
11577 dw_line_info_ref line_info = &line_info_table[lt_index];
11580 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
11581 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
11584 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
11585 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
11586 that anything after the last address is this line. */
11587 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
11588 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file)
11592 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
11594 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
11595 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
11596 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
11597 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
11598 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
11599 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
11601 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, LINE_CODE_LABEL, lt_index);
11604 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
11605 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
11606 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11607 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
11611 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
11612 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
11613 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11614 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
11615 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
11616 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
11619 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
11621 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
11622 different from the previous line. */
11623 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
11625 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
11626 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
11627 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "%lu", current_file);
11630 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
11631 that uses the least amount of space. */
11632 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
11634 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
11635 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
11636 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
11637 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
11638 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
11639 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
11641 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
11642 "line %lu", current_line);
11645 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
11646 depending on the value being encoded. */
11647 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
11648 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
11649 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
11650 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
11654 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
11655 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
11658 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
11661 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
11662 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11663 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
11667 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11668 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
11669 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
11670 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label, NULL);
11673 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
11674 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
11675 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
11680 for (lt_index = 0; lt_index < separate_line_info_table_in_use;)
11682 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
11683 = &separate_line_info_table[lt_index];
11686 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
11687 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
11688 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file
11689 && line_info->function == function)
11693 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
11694 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
11695 to handle it differently. */
11696 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
11698 if (function != line_info->function)
11700 function = line_info->function;
11702 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
11703 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11704 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
11705 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
11706 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
11710 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
11713 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
11714 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11715 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
11719 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11720 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
11721 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
11722 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
11726 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
11728 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
11729 different from the previous line. */
11730 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
11732 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
11733 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
11734 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "%lu", current_file);
11737 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
11738 that uses the least amount of space. */
11739 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
11741 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
11742 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
11743 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
11744 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
11745 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
11746 "line %lu", current_line);
11749 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
11750 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
11751 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
11752 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
11756 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
11764 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
11765 if (lt_index == separate_line_info_table_in_use
11766 || separate_line_info_table[lt_index].function != function)
11771 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
11772 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, FUNC_END_LABEL, function);
11775 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
11776 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11777 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
11781 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11782 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
11783 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
11784 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
11787 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
11788 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
11789 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
11790 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
11794 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
11795 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
11798 /* Return the size of the .debug_dcall table for the compilation unit. */
11800 static unsigned long
11801 size_of_dcall_table (void)
11803 unsigned long size;
11806 tree last_poc_decl = NULL;
11808 /* Header: version + debug info section pointer + pointer size. */
11809 size = 2 + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 1;
11811 /* Each entry: code label + DIE offset. */
11812 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry, dcall_table, i, p); i++)
11814 gcc_assert (p->targ_die != NULL);
11815 /* Insert a "from" entry when the point-of-call DIE offset changes. */
11816 if (p->poc_decl != last_poc_decl)
11818 dw_die_ref poc_die = lookup_decl_die (p->poc_decl);
11819 gcc_assert (poc_die);
11820 last_poc_decl = p->poc_decl;
11822 size += (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
11823 + size_of_uleb128 (poc_die->die_offset));
11825 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + size_of_uleb128 (p->targ_die->die_offset);
11831 /* Output the direct call table used to disambiguate PC values when
11832 identical function have been merged. */
11835 output_dcall_table (void)
11838 unsigned long dcall_length = size_of_dcall_table ();
11840 char poc_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11841 tree last_poc_decl = NULL;
11843 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
11844 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11845 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11846 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, dcall_length,
11847 "Length of Direct Call Table");
11848 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "Version number");
11849 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
11850 debug_info_section,
11851 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
11852 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
11854 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry, dcall_table, i, p); i++)
11856 /* Insert a "from" entry when the point-of-call DIE offset changes. */
11857 if (p->poc_decl != last_poc_decl)
11859 dw_die_ref poc_die = lookup_decl_die (p->poc_decl);
11860 last_poc_decl = p->poc_decl;
11863 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, "New caller");
11864 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (poc_die->die_offset,
11865 "Caller DIE offset");
11868 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (poc_label, "LPOC", p->poc_label_num);
11869 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, poc_label, "Point of call");
11870 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (p->targ_die->die_offset,
11871 "Callee DIE offset");
11875 /* Return the size of the .debug_vcall table for the compilation unit. */
11877 static unsigned long
11878 size_of_vcall_table (void)
11880 unsigned long size;
11884 /* Header: version + pointer size. */
11887 /* Each entry: code label + vtable slot index. */
11888 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (vcall_entry, vcall_table, i, p); i++)
11889 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + size_of_uleb128 (p->vtable_slot);
11894 /* Output the virtual call table used to disambiguate PC values when
11895 identical function have been merged. */
11898 output_vcall_table (void)
11901 unsigned long vcall_length = size_of_vcall_table ();
11903 char poc_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11905 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
11906 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11907 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11908 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, vcall_length,
11909 "Length of Virtual Call Table");
11910 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "Version number");
11911 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
11913 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (vcall_entry, vcall_table, i, p); i++)
11915 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (poc_label, "LPOC", p->poc_label_num);
11916 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, poc_label, "Point of call");
11917 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (p->vtable_slot, "Vtable slot");
11921 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
11922 a DIE that describes the given type.
11924 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
11925 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
11928 base_type_die (tree type)
11930 dw_die_ref base_type_result;
11931 enum dwarf_type encoding;
11933 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK || TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)
11936 /* If this is a subtype that should not be emitted as a subrange type,
11937 use the base type. See subrange_type_for_debug_p. */
11938 if (TREE_CODE (type) == INTEGER_TYPE && TREE_TYPE (type) != NULL_TREE)
11939 type = TREE_TYPE (type);
11941 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
11944 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type))
11946 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
11947 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_char;
11949 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_char;
11951 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
11952 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned;
11954 encoding = DW_ATE_signed;
11958 if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type)))
11960 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
11961 encoding = DW_ATE_decimal_float;
11963 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
11966 encoding = DW_ATE_float;
11969 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
11970 if (!(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
11971 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
11972 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
11973 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_fixed;
11975 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_fixed;
11978 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
11979 a user defined type for it. */
11981 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == REAL_TYPE)
11982 encoding = DW_ATE_complex_float;
11984 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
11988 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
11989 encoding = DW_ATE_boolean;
11993 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
11994 gcc_unreachable ();
11997 base_type_result = new_die (DW_TAG_base_type, comp_unit_die, type);
11999 /* This probably indicates a bug. */
12000 if (! TYPE_NAME (type))
12001 add_name_attribute (base_type_result, "__unknown__");
12003 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_byte_size,
12004 int_size_in_bytes (type));
12005 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_encoding, encoding);
12007 return base_type_result;
12010 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
12011 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
12014 is_base_type (tree type)
12016 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
12022 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
12030 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
12031 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
12032 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
12035 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
12042 gcc_unreachable ();
12048 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
12049 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
12050 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
12051 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
12052 ERROR_MARK node. */
12054 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
12055 simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree type)
12057 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
12058 return BITS_PER_WORD;
12059 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == NULL_TREE)
12061 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1))
12062 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1);
12064 return TYPE_ALIGN (type);
12067 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
12068 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
12071 subrange_type_die (tree type, tree low, tree high, dw_die_ref context_die)
12073 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
12074 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes = int_size_in_bytes (type);
12076 if (context_die == NULL)
12077 context_die = comp_unit_die;
12079 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, context_die, type);
12081 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type)) != size_in_bytes)
12083 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
12084 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
12085 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size_in_bytes);
12089 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, low);
12091 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, high);
12093 return subrange_die;
12096 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
12097 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
12100 modified_type_die (tree type, int is_const_type, int is_volatile_type,
12101 dw_die_ref context_die)
12103 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
12104 dw_die_ref mod_type_die;
12105 dw_die_ref sub_die = NULL;
12106 tree item_type = NULL;
12107 tree qualified_type;
12108 tree name, low, high;
12110 if (code == ERROR_MARK)
12113 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
12116 = get_qualified_type (type,
12117 ((is_const_type ? TYPE_QUAL_CONST : 0)
12118 | (is_volatile_type ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE : 0)));
12120 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
12121 if (qualified_type)
12123 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
12125 return mod_type_die;
12128 name = qualified_type ? TYPE_NAME (qualified_type) : NULL;
12130 /* Handle C typedef types. */
12131 if (name && TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name))
12133 tree dtype = TREE_TYPE (name);
12135 if (qualified_type == dtype)
12137 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
12138 gen_type_die (qualified_type, context_die);
12139 return lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
12141 else if (is_const_type < TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
12142 || is_volatile_type < TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype)
12143 || (is_const_type <= TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
12144 && is_volatile_type <= TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype)
12145 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name) != type))
12146 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
12147 type to which it refers. */
12148 return modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name),
12149 is_const_type, is_volatile_type,
12151 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
12156 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_const_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12157 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, is_volatile_type, context_die);
12159 else if (is_volatile_type)
12161 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12162 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, 0, context_die);
12164 else if (code == POINTER_TYPE)
12166 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12167 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
12168 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
12169 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12170 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type)))
12171 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class,
12172 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type));
12174 else if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE)
12176 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12177 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
12178 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
12179 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12180 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type)))
12181 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class,
12182 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type));
12184 else if (code == INTEGER_TYPE
12185 && TREE_TYPE (type) != NULL_TREE
12186 && subrange_type_for_debug_p (type, &low, &high))
12188 mod_type_die = subrange_type_die (type, low, high, context_die);
12189 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12191 else if (is_base_type (type))
12192 mod_type_die = base_type_die (type);
12195 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
12197 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
12198 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
12199 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
12200 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
12201 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
12203 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
12204 return lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type));
12206 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
12207 not the main variant. */
12208 return lookup_type_die (type);
12211 /* Builtin types don't have a DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE. For those,
12212 don't output a DW_TAG_typedef, since there isn't one in the
12213 user's program; just attach a DW_AT_name to the type.
12214 Don't attach a DW_AT_name to DW_TAG_const_type or DW_TAG_volatile_type
12215 if the base type already has the same name. */
12217 && ((TREE_CODE (name) != TYPE_DECL
12218 && (qualified_type == TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type)
12219 || (!is_const_type && !is_volatile_type)))
12220 || (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL
12221 && TREE_TYPE (name) == qualified_type
12222 && DECL_NAME (name))))
12224 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
12225 /* Could just call add_name_and_src_coords_attributes here,
12226 but since this is a builtin type it doesn't have any
12227 useful source coordinates anyway. */
12228 name = DECL_NAME (name);
12229 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
12232 if (qualified_type)
12233 equate_type_number_to_die (qualified_type, mod_type_die);
12236 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
12237 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
12238 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
12239 types are possible in Ada. */
12240 sub_die = modified_type_die (item_type,
12241 TYPE_READONLY (item_type),
12242 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type),
12245 if (sub_die != NULL)
12246 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die, DW_AT_type, sub_die);
12248 return mod_type_die;
12251 /* Generate DIEs for the generic parameters of T.
12252 T must be either a generic type or a generic function.
12253 See http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/TemplateParmsDwarf for more. */
12256 gen_generic_params_dies (tree t)
12260 dw_die_ref die = NULL;
12262 if (!t || (TYPE_P (t) && !COMPLETE_TYPE_P (t)))
12266 die = lookup_type_die (t);
12267 else if (DECL_P (t))
12268 die = lookup_decl_die (t);
12272 parms = lang_hooks.get_innermost_generic_parms (t);
12274 /* T has no generic parameter. It means T is neither a generic type
12275 or function. End of story. */
12278 parms_num = TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parms);
12279 args = lang_hooks.get_innermost_generic_args (t);
12280 for (i = 0; i < parms_num; i++)
12282 tree parm, arg, arg_pack_elems;
12284 parm = TREE_VEC_ELT (parms, i);
12285 arg = TREE_VEC_ELT (args, i);
12286 arg_pack_elems = lang_hooks.types.get_argument_pack_elems (arg);
12287 gcc_assert (parm && TREE_VALUE (parm) && arg);
12289 if (parm && TREE_VALUE (parm) && arg)
12291 /* If PARM represents a template parameter pack,
12292 emit a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE, followed
12293 by DW_TAG_template_*_parameter DIEs for the argument
12294 pack elements of ARG. Note that ARG would then be
12295 an argument pack. */
12296 if (arg_pack_elems)
12297 template_parameter_pack_die (TREE_VALUE (parm),
12301 generic_parameter_die (TREE_VALUE (parm), arg,
12302 true /* Emit DW_AT_name */, die);
12307 /* Create and return a DIE for PARM which should be
12308 the representation of a generic type parameter.
12309 For instance, in the C++ front end, PARM would be a template parameter.
12310 ARG is the argument to PARM.
12311 EMIT_NAME_P if tree, the DIE will have DW_AT_name attribute set to the
12313 PARENT_DIE is the parent DIE which the new created DIE should be added to,
12314 as a child node. */
12317 generic_parameter_die (tree parm, tree arg,
12319 dw_die_ref parent_die)
12321 dw_die_ref tmpl_die = NULL;
12322 const char *name = NULL;
12324 if (!parm || !DECL_NAME (parm) || !arg)
12327 /* We support non-type generic parameters and arguments,
12328 type generic parameters and arguments, as well as
12329 generic generic parameters (a.k.a. template template parameters in C++)
12331 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
12332 /* PARM is a nontype generic parameter */
12333 tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_template_value_param, parent_die, parm);
12334 else if (TREE_CODE (parm) == TYPE_DECL)
12335 /* PARM is a type generic parameter. */
12336 tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_template_type_param, parent_die, parm);
12337 else if (lang_hooks.decls.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm))
12338 /* PARM is a generic generic parameter.
12339 Its DIE is a GNU extension. It shall have a
12340 DW_AT_name attribute to represent the name of the template template
12341 parameter, and a DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute to represent the
12342 name of the template template argument. */
12343 tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param,
12346 gcc_unreachable ();
12352 /* If PARM is a generic parameter pack, it means we are
12353 emitting debug info for a template argument pack element.
12354 In other terms, ARG is a template argument pack element.
12355 In that case, we don't emit any DW_AT_name attribute for
12359 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm));
12361 add_AT_string (tmpl_die, DW_AT_name, name);
12364 if (!lang_hooks.decls.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm))
12366 /* DWARF3, 5.6.8 says if PARM is a non-type generic parameter
12367 TMPL_DIE should have a child DW_AT_type attribute that is set
12368 to the type of the argument to PARM, which is ARG.
12369 If PARM is a type generic parameter, TMPL_DIE should have a
12370 child DW_AT_type that is set to ARG. */
12371 tmpl_type = TYPE_P (arg) ? arg : TREE_TYPE (arg);
12372 add_type_attribute (tmpl_die, tmpl_type, 0,
12373 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (tmpl_type),
12378 /* So TMPL_DIE is a DIE representing a
12379 a generic generic template parameter, a.k.a template template
12380 parameter in C++ and arg is a template. */
12382 /* The DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute of the DIE must be set
12383 to the name of the argument. */
12384 name = dwarf2_name (TYPE_P (arg) ? TYPE_NAME (arg) : arg, 1);
12386 add_AT_string (tmpl_die, DW_AT_GNU_template_name, name);
12389 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
12390 /* So PARM is a non-type generic parameter.
12391 DWARF3 5.6.8 says we must set a DW_AT_const_value child
12392 attribute of TMPL_DIE which value represents the value
12394 We must be careful here:
12395 The value of ARG might reference some function decls.
12396 We might currently be emitting debug info for a generic
12397 type and types are emitted before function decls, we don't
12398 know if the function decls referenced by ARG will actually be
12399 emitted after cgraph computations.
12400 So must defer the generation of the DW_AT_const_value to
12401 after cgraph is ready. */
12402 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (tmpl_die, arg);
12408 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE representing.
12409 PARM_PACK must be a template parameter pack. The returned DIE
12410 will be child DIE of PARENT_DIE. */
12413 template_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack,
12414 tree parm_pack_args,
12415 dw_die_ref parent_die)
12420 gcc_assert (parent_die && parm_pack);
12422 die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack, parent_die, parm_pack);
12423 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (die, parm_pack);
12424 for (j = 0; j < TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parm_pack_args); j++)
12425 generic_parameter_die (parm_pack,
12426 TREE_VEC_ELT (parm_pack_args, j),
12427 false /* Don't emit DW_AT_name */,
12432 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
12433 an enumerated type. */
12436 type_is_enum (const_tree type)
12438 return TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE;
12441 /* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
12443 static unsigned int
12444 dbx_reg_number (const_rtx rtl)
12446 unsigned regno = REGNO (rtl);
12448 gcc_assert (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER);
12450 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
12451 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
12453 int leaf_reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno);
12454 if (leaf_reg != -1)
12455 regno = (unsigned) leaf_reg;
12459 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno);
12462 /* Optionally add a DW_OP_piece term to a location description expression.
12463 DW_OP_piece is only added if the location description expression already
12464 doesn't end with DW_OP_piece. */
12467 add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, int size)
12469 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
12471 if (*list_head != NULL)
12473 /* Find the end of the chain. */
12474 for (loc = *list_head; loc->dw_loc_next != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
12477 if (loc->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_piece)
12478 loc->dw_loc_next = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, size, 0);
12482 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
12483 zero if there is none. */
12485 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12486 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum var_init_status initialized)
12490 if (REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
12493 regs = targetm.dwarf_register_span (rtl);
12495 if (hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)] > 1 || regs)
12496 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, regs, initialized);
12498 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (rtl), initialized);
12501 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
12502 a given hard register number. */
12504 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12505 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno, enum var_init_status initialized)
12507 dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descr;
12511 = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_reg0 + regno), 0, 0);
12513 reg_loc_descr = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, regno, 0);
12515 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
12516 add_loc_descr (®_loc_descr, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
12518 return reg_loc_descr;
12521 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
12522 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
12524 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12525 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, rtx regs,
12526 enum var_init_status initialized)
12528 int nregs, size, i;
12530 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
12533 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
12534 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
12536 int leaf_reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (reg);
12537 if (leaf_reg != -1)
12538 reg = (unsigned) leaf_reg;
12541 gcc_assert ((unsigned) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg) == dbx_reg_number (rtl));
12542 nregs = hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)];
12544 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
12545 if (regs == NULL_RTX)
12547 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / nregs;
12552 dw_loc_descr_ref t;
12554 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg),
12555 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12556 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
12557 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
12563 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
12565 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs) == PARALLEL);
12567 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
12570 for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (regs, 0); ++i)
12572 dw_loc_descr_ref t;
12574 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs, 0, i)),
12575 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12576 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
12577 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
12578 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
12581 if (loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
12582 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
12586 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
12588 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
12590 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
12592 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12593 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i)
12595 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
12597 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
12598 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
12602 op = (enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_lit0 + i);
12603 else if (i <= 0xff)
12604 op = DW_OP_const1u;
12605 else if (i <= 0xffff)
12606 op = DW_OP_const2u;
12607 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
12608 || i <= 0xffffffff)
12609 op = DW_OP_const4u;
12616 op = DW_OP_const1s;
12617 else if (i >= -0x8000)
12618 op = DW_OP_const2s;
12619 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
12620 || i >= -0x80000000)
12621 op = DW_OP_const4s;
12626 return new_loc_descr (op, i, 0);
12630 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
12631 /* Return loc description representing "address" of integer value.
12632 This can appear only as toplevel expression. */
12634 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12635 address_of_int_loc_descriptor (int size, HOST_WIDE_INT i)
12638 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
12640 if (!(dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
12647 else if (i <= 0xff)
12649 else if (i <= 0xffff)
12651 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
12652 || i <= 0xffffffff)
12655 litsize = 1 + size_of_uleb128 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) i);
12661 else if (i >= -0x8000)
12663 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
12664 || i >= -0x80000000)
12667 litsize = 1 + size_of_sleb128 (i);
12669 /* Determine if DW_OP_stack_value or DW_OP_implicit_value
12670 is more compact. For DW_OP_stack_value we need:
12671 litsize + 1 (DW_OP_stack_value)
12672 and for DW_OP_implicit_value:
12673 1 (DW_OP_implicit_value) + 1 (length) + size. */
12674 if ((int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE >= size && litsize + 1 <= 1 + 1 + size)
12676 loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (i);
12677 add_loc_descr (&loc_result,
12678 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
12682 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
12684 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
12685 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int = i;
12689 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
12691 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12692 based_loc_descr (rtx reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset,
12693 enum var_init_status initialized)
12695 unsigned int regno;
12696 dw_loc_descr_ref result;
12697 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
12699 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
12700 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
12701 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
12702 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's. */
12703 if (reg == arg_pointer_rtx || reg == frame_pointer_rtx)
12705 rtx elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
12709 if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
12711 offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1));
12712 elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
12714 gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
12715 && (elim == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
12716 || elim == stack_pointer_rtx))
12717 || elim == (frame_pointer_needed
12718 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
12719 : stack_pointer_rtx));
12721 /* If drap register is used to align stack, use frame
12722 pointer + offset to access stack variables. If stack
12723 is aligned without drap, use stack pointer + offset to
12724 access stack variables. */
12725 if (crtl->stack_realign_tried
12726 && reg == frame_pointer_rtx)
12729 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM ((fde && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM)
12730 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
12731 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
12732 return new_reg_loc_descr (base_reg, offset);
12735 offset += frame_pointer_fb_offset;
12736 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
12740 && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM
12741 && (fde->drap_reg == REGNO (reg)
12742 || fde->vdrap_reg == REGNO (reg)))
12744 /* Use cfa+offset to represent the location of arguments passed
12745 on stack when drap is used to align stack. */
12746 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
12749 regno = dbx_reg_number (reg);
12751 result = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_breg0 + regno),
12754 result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, regno, offset);
12756 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
12757 add_loc_descr (&result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
12762 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
12765 is_based_loc (const_rtx rtl)
12767 return (GET_CODE (rtl) == PLUS
12768 && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
12769 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
12770 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))));
12773 /* Try to handle TLS MEMs, for which mem_loc_descriptor on XEXP (mem, 0)
12776 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12777 tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtx mem)
12780 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result;
12782 if (MEM_EXPR (mem) == NULL_TREE || MEM_OFFSET (mem) == NULL_RTX)
12785 base = get_base_address (MEM_EXPR (mem));
12787 || TREE_CODE (base) != VAR_DECL
12788 || !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (base))
12791 loc_result = loc_descriptor_from_tree (MEM_EXPR (mem), 1);
12792 if (loc_result == NULL)
12795 if (INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem)))
12796 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc_result, INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem)));
12801 /* Output debug info about reason why we failed to expand expression as dwarf
12805 expansion_failed (tree expr, rtx rtl, char const *reason)
12807 if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
12809 fprintf (dump_file, "Failed to expand as dwarf: ");
12811 print_generic_expr (dump_file, expr, dump_flags);
12814 fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
12815 print_rtl (dump_file, rtl);
12817 fprintf (dump_file, "\nReason: %s\n", reason);
12821 /* Helper function for const_ok_for_output, called either directly
12822 or via for_each_rtx. */
12825 const_ok_for_output_1 (rtx *rtlp, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
12829 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == UNSPEC)
12831 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, assume
12832 we can't express it in the debug info. */
12833 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
12834 inform (current_function_decl
12835 ? DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (current_function_decl)
12836 : UNKNOWN_LOCATION,
12837 "non-delegitimized UNSPEC %d found in variable location",
12840 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
12841 "UNSPEC hasn't been delegitimized.\n");
12845 if (GET_CODE (rtl) != SYMBOL_REF)
12848 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl))
12851 get_pool_constant_mark (rtl, &marked);
12852 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
12853 it was not output and thus we can't represent it. */
12856 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
12857 "Constant was removed from constant pool.\n");
12862 if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl) != TLS_MODEL_NONE)
12865 /* Avoid references to external symbols in debug info, on several targets
12866 the linker might even refuse to link when linking a shared library,
12867 and in many other cases the relocations for .debug_info/.debug_loc are
12868 dropped, so the address becomes zero anyway. Hidden symbols, guaranteed
12869 to be defined within the same shared library or executable are fine. */
12870 if (SYMBOL_REF_EXTERNAL_P (rtl))
12872 tree decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl);
12874 if (decl == NULL || !targetm.binds_local_p (decl))
12876 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
12877 "Symbol not defined in current TU.\n");
12885 /* Return true if constant RTL can be emitted in DW_OP_addr or
12886 DW_AT_const_value. TLS SYMBOL_REFs, external SYMBOL_REFs or
12887 non-marked constant pool SYMBOL_REFs can't be referenced in it. */
12890 const_ok_for_output (rtx rtl)
12892 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF)
12893 return const_ok_for_output_1 (&rtl, NULL) == 0;
12895 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST)
12896 return for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl, 0), const_ok_for_output_1, NULL) == 0;
12901 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
12902 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
12903 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
12904 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
12906 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
12907 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
12908 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
12909 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
12911 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
12912 autoincrement addressing modes.
12914 CAN_USE_FBREG is a flag whether we can use DW_AT_frame_base in the
12915 location list for RTL.
12917 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
12919 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12920 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode,
12921 enum var_init_status initialized)
12923 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result = NULL;
12924 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
12925 dw_loc_descr_ref op0, op1;
12927 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
12928 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
12929 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
12930 zeroth element of the array. */
12932 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
12934 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
12939 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, initialized);
12942 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
12943 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
12944 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
12945 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
12946 contains the given subreg. */
12947 if (!subreg_lowpart_p (rtl))
12949 rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
12950 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
12952 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (rtl)) != MODE_INT)
12954 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, initialized);
12958 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
12959 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
12960 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
12961 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
12962 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
12963 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
12964 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
12965 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
12966 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
12967 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
12968 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
12969 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
12970 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
12971 if (REGNO (rtl) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
12972 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (rtl, 0, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12973 else if (stack_realign_drap
12975 && crtl->args.internal_arg_pointer == rtl
12976 && REGNO (crtl->drap_reg) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
12978 /* If RTL is internal_arg_pointer, which has been optimized
12979 out, use DRAP instead. */
12980 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (crtl->drap_reg, 0,
12981 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12987 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
12988 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12993 int shift = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
12994 - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)));
12995 shift *= BITS_PER_UNIT;
12996 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SIGN_EXTEND)
13000 mem_loc_result = op0;
13001 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13002 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13003 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13004 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13009 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl),
13010 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13011 if (mem_loc_result == NULL)
13012 mem_loc_result = tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl);
13013 if (mem_loc_result != 0)
13015 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13017 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl, "DWARF address size mismatch");
13020 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13021 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
13023 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13024 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size,
13025 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)), 0));
13029 rtx new_rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
13030 if (new_rtl != rtl)
13031 return mem_loc_descriptor (new_rtl, mode, initialized);
13036 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
13038 /* ... fall through ... */
13041 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
13042 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
13046 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF
13047 && SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl) != TLS_MODEL_NONE)
13049 dw_loc_descr_ref temp;
13051 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
13052 if (!targetm.have_tls || !targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
13055 temp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
13056 temp->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
13057 temp->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
13058 temp->dtprel = true;
13060 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address, 0, 0);
13061 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, temp);
13066 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl))
13070 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
13071 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
13072 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
13073 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
13079 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
13080 "CONCAT/CONCATN/VAR_LOCATION is handled only by loc_descriptor");
13084 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
13085 PLUS code below. */
13086 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
13091 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
13093 rtl = gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode, XEXP (rtl, 0),
13094 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl) == PRE_INC
13095 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)
13096 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)));
13098 /* ... fall through ... */
13102 if (is_based_loc (rtl))
13103 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (XEXP (rtl, 0),
13104 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)),
13105 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13108 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13109 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13110 if (mem_loc_result == 0)
13113 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13114 loc_descr_plus_const (&mem_loc_result, INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
13117 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result2
13118 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13119 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13120 if (mem_loc_result2 == 0)
13122 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, mem_loc_result2);
13123 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13124 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
13129 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
13130 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply or shift. */
13172 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13173 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13174 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13175 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13177 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13180 mem_loc_result = op0;
13181 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
13182 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13186 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13187 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13188 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13189 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13191 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13194 mem_loc_result = op0;
13195 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
13196 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
13197 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
13198 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div, 0, 0));
13199 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
13200 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0));
13216 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13217 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13222 mem_loc_result = op0;
13223 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13227 mem_loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl));
13255 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13256 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13260 enum machine_mode op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0));
13262 if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
13263 op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1));
13264 if (op_mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode) != MODE_INT)
13267 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13268 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13269 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13270 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13272 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13275 if (op_mode != VOIDmode
13276 && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13278 int shift = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE - GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode);
13279 shift *= BITS_PER_UNIT;
13280 /* For eq/ne, if the operands are known to be zero-extended,
13281 there is no need to do the fancy shifting up. */
13282 if (op == DW_OP_eq || op == DW_OP_ne)
13284 dw_loc_descr_ref last0, last1;
13286 last0->dw_loc_next != NULL;
13287 last0 = last0->dw_loc_next)
13290 last1->dw_loc_next != NULL;
13291 last1 = last1->dw_loc_next)
13293 /* deref_size zero extends, and for constants we can check
13294 whether they are zero extended or not. */
13295 if (((last0->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_deref_size
13296 && last0->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int
13297 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
13298 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
13299 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0))
13300 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0))
13301 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode))))
13302 && ((last1->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_deref_size
13303 && last1->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int
13304 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
13305 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13306 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)
13307 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13308 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13309 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode)))))
13312 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13313 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13314 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13315 op1 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) << shift);
13318 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13319 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13325 mem_loc_result = op0;
13326 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
13327 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13328 if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE != 1)
13330 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13331 int_loc_descriptor (STORE_FLAG_VALUE));
13332 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
13353 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13354 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13358 enum machine_mode op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0));
13360 if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
13361 op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1));
13362 if (op_mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode) != MODE_INT)
13365 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13366 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13367 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13368 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13370 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13373 if (op_mode != VOIDmode
13374 && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13376 HOST_WIDE_INT mask = GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode);
13377 dw_loc_descr_ref last0, last1;
13379 last0->dw_loc_next != NULL;
13380 last0 = last0->dw_loc_next)
13383 last1->dw_loc_next != NULL;
13384 last1 = last1->dw_loc_next)
13386 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
13387 op0 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0)) & mask);
13388 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
13389 else if (last0->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_deref_size
13390 || last0->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int
13391 > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
13393 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
13394 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
13396 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13397 op1 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) & mask);
13398 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
13399 else if (last1->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_deref_size
13400 || last1->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int
13401 > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
13403 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
13404 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
13409 HOST_WIDE_INT bias = 1;
13410 bias <<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT - 1);
13411 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
13412 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13413 op1 = int_loc_descriptor ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) bias
13414 + INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
13416 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
13426 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) != MODE_INT
13427 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13428 || GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13431 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13432 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13433 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13434 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13436 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13439 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0));
13440 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
13441 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
13442 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == UMIN || GET_CODE (rtl) == UMAX)
13444 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13446 HOST_WIDE_INT mask = GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)));
13447 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
13448 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
13449 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
13450 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
13454 HOST_WIDE_INT bias = 1;
13455 bias <<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT - 1);
13456 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
13457 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
13460 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13462 int shift = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13463 - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)));
13464 shift *= BITS_PER_UNIT;
13465 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13466 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13467 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13468 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13471 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SMIN || GET_CODE (rtl) == UMIN)
13475 mem_loc_result = op0;
13476 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
13477 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13479 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, drop_node;
13481 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
13482 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, bra_node);
13483 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
13484 drop_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop, 0, 0);
13485 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, drop_node);
13486 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
13487 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = drop_node;
13493 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13494 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 2))
13495 && ((unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13496 + (unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 2))
13497 <= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)))
13498 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13499 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13502 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13503 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13506 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SIGN_EXTRACT)
13510 mem_loc_result = op0;
13511 size = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
13512 shift = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 2));
13513 if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN)
13514 shift = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
13516 if (shift + size != (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13518 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13519 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13521 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13523 if (size != (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13525 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13526 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE - size));
13527 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13537 /* In theory, we could implement the above. */
13538 /* DWARF cannot represent the unsigned compare operations
13565 case FLOAT_TRUNCATE:
13567 case UNSIGNED_FLOAT:
13570 case FRACT_CONVERT:
13571 case UNSIGNED_FRACT_CONVERT:
13573 case UNSIGNED_SAT_FRACT:
13584 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, we
13585 can't express it in the debug info. This can happen e.g. with some
13590 resolve_one_addr (&rtl, NULL);
13594 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
13595 print_rtl (stderr, rtl);
13596 gcc_unreachable ();
13602 if (mem_loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
13603 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
13605 return mem_loc_result;
13608 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
13609 This is typically a complex variable. */
13611 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13612 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0, rtx x1, enum var_init_status initialized)
13614 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
13615 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref
13616 = loc_descriptor (x0, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13617 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref
13618 = loc_descriptor (x1, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13620 if (x0_ref == 0 || x1_ref == 0)
13623 cc_loc_result = x0_ref;
13624 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0)));
13626 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, x1_ref);
13627 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1)));
13629 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
13630 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
13632 return cc_loc_result;
13635 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of N
13638 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13639 concatn_loc_descriptor (rtx concatn, enum var_init_status initialized)
13642 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
13643 unsigned int n = XVECLEN (concatn, 0);
13645 for (i = 0; i < n; ++i)
13647 dw_loc_descr_ref ref;
13648 rtx x = XVECEXP (concatn, 0, i);
13650 ref = loc_descriptor (x, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13654 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, ref);
13655 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)));
13658 if (cc_loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
13659 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
13661 return cc_loc_result;
13664 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
13665 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
13666 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
13667 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
13668 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
13670 MODE is mode of the decl if this loc_descriptor is going to be used in
13671 .debug_loc section where DW_OP_stack_value and DW_OP_implicit_value are
13672 allowed, VOIDmode otherwise.
13674 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
13676 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13677 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode,
13678 enum var_init_status initialized)
13680 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
13682 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
13685 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
13686 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
13687 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
13688 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
13689 contains the given subreg. */
13690 loc_result = loc_descriptor (SUBREG_REG (rtl), mode, initialized);
13694 loc_result = reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, initialized);
13699 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, initialized);
13703 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl),
13705 if (loc_result == NULL)
13706 loc_result = tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl);
13707 if (loc_result == NULL)
13709 rtx new_rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
13710 if (new_rtl != rtl)
13711 loc_result = loc_descriptor (new_rtl, mode, initialized);
13716 loc_result = concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), XEXP (rtl, 1),
13721 loc_result = concatn_loc_descriptor (rtl, initialized);
13726 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) != PARALLEL)
13728 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (rtl, 1), 0), mode,
13733 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
13738 rtvec par_elems = XVEC (rtl, 0);
13739 int num_elem = GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems);
13740 enum machine_mode mode;
13743 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
13744 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0),
13745 VOIDmode, initialized);
13746 if (loc_result == NULL)
13748 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0));
13749 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
13750 for (i = 1; i < num_elem; i++)
13752 dw_loc_descr_ref temp;
13754 temp = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0),
13755 VOIDmode, initialized);
13758 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, temp);
13759 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0));
13760 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
13766 if (mode != VOIDmode && mode != BLKmode)
13767 loc_result = address_of_int_loc_descriptor (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode),
13772 if (mode == VOIDmode)
13773 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
13775 if (mode != VOIDmode && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
13777 gcc_assert (mode == GET_MODE (rtl) || VOIDmode == GET_MODE (rtl));
13779 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer
13780 or a floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever
13781 the constant requires more than one word in order to be
13782 adequately represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
13783 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
13784 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0);
13785 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
13787 unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
13788 unsigned char *array = GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length);
13790 insert_float (rtl, array);
13791 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
13792 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.length = length / 4;
13793 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.elt_size = 4;
13794 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.array = array;
13798 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_const_double;
13799 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_double.high
13800 = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl);
13801 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_double.low
13802 = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl);
13808 if (mode == VOIDmode)
13809 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
13811 if (mode != VOIDmode && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
13813 unsigned int elt_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl));
13814 unsigned int length = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl);
13815 unsigned char *array = GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length * elt_size);
13819 gcc_assert (mode == GET_MODE (rtl) || VOIDmode == GET_MODE (rtl));
13820 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
13822 case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
13823 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
13825 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
13826 HOST_WIDE_INT lo, hi;
13828 switch (GET_CODE (elt))
13836 lo = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (elt);
13837 hi = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (elt);
13841 gcc_unreachable ();
13844 if (elt_size <= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
13845 insert_int (lo, elt_size, p);
13848 unsigned char *p0 = p;
13849 unsigned char *p1 = p + sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT);
13851 gcc_assert (elt_size == 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT));
13852 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
13857 insert_int (lo, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p0);
13858 insert_int (hi, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p1);
13863 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
13864 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
13866 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
13867 insert_float (elt, p);
13872 gcc_unreachable ();
13875 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
13876 length * elt_size, 0);
13877 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
13878 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.length = length;
13879 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.elt_size = elt_size;
13880 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.array = array;
13885 if (mode == VOIDmode
13886 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_INT
13887 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_DOUBLE
13888 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_VECTOR)
13890 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, initialized);
13895 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl))
13898 if (mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13899 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
13901 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
13902 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
13903 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
13904 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
13905 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
13910 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE (rtl) == mode
13911 && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13912 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
13914 /* Value expression. */
13915 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, VOIDmode, initialized);
13917 add_loc_descr (&loc_result,
13918 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
13926 /* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base for the
13927 address ranges where a given location is valid.
13928 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it, use that.
13929 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use that.
13930 3. Otherwise, use the text section.
13931 XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, we won't notice. */
13933 static const char *
13934 secname_for_decl (const_tree decl)
13936 const char *secname;
13938 if (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
13940 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
13941 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
13943 else if (current_function_decl && DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
13945 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl);
13946 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
13948 else if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
13949 secname = crtl->subsections.cold_section_label;
13951 secname = text_section_label;
13956 /* Return true when DECL_BY_REFERENCE is defined and set for DECL. */
13959 decl_by_reference_p (tree decl)
13961 return ((TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL
13962 || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
13963 && DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl));
13966 /* Helper function for dw_loc_list. Compute proper Dwarf location descriptor
13969 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13970 dw_loc_list_1 (tree loc, rtx varloc, int want_address,
13971 enum var_init_status initialized)
13973 int have_address = 0;
13974 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
13975 enum machine_mode mode;
13977 if (want_address != 2)
13979 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (varloc) == VAR_LOCATION);
13981 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (varloc, 1)) != PARALLEL)
13983 varloc = XEXP (XEXP (varloc, 1), 0);
13984 mode = GET_MODE (varloc);
13985 if (MEM_P (varloc))
13987 rtx addr = XEXP (varloc, 0);
13988 descr = mem_loc_descriptor (addr, mode, initialized);
13993 rtx x = avoid_constant_pool_reference (varloc);
13995 descr = mem_loc_descriptor (x, mode, initialized);
13999 descr = mem_loc_descriptor (varloc, mode, initialized);
14006 descr = loc_descriptor (varloc, DECL_MODE (loc), initialized);
14013 if (want_address == 2 && !have_address
14014 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
14016 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14018 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14019 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14022 add_loc_descr (&descr, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14025 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
14026 if (want_address && !have_address)
14028 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14029 "Want address and only have value");
14033 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
14034 if (!want_address && have_address)
14036 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
14037 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
14039 if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
14041 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14042 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14045 else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14048 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
14050 add_loc_descr (&descr, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
14056 /* Return the dwarf representation of the location list LOC_LIST of
14057 DECL. WANT_ADDRESS has the same meaning as in loc_list_from_tree
14060 static dw_loc_list_ref
14061 dw_loc_list (var_loc_list *loc_list, tree decl, int want_address)
14063 const char *endname, *secname;
14065 enum var_init_status initialized;
14066 struct var_loc_node *node;
14067 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
14068 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
14069 dw_loc_list_ref list = NULL;
14070 dw_loc_list_ref *listp = &list;
14072 /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base,
14073 actually construct the list of locations.
14074 The first location information is what is passed to the
14075 function that creates the location list, and the remaining
14076 locations just get added on to that list.
14077 Note that we only know the start address for a location
14078 (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use
14079 the range [current location start, next location start].
14080 This means we have to special case the last node, and generate
14081 a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */
14083 secname = secname_for_decl (decl);
14085 for (node = loc_list->first; node->next; node = node->next)
14086 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
14088 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
14089 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
14090 initialized = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node->var_loc_note);
14091 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
14092 descr = dw_loc_list_1 (decl, varloc, want_address, initialized);
14095 *listp = new_loc_list (descr, node->label, node->next->label,
14097 listp = &(*listp)->dw_loc_next;
14101 /* If the variable has a location at the last label
14102 it keeps its location until the end of function. */
14103 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
14105 initialized = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node->var_loc_note);
14106 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
14107 descr = dw_loc_list_1 (decl, varloc, want_address, initialized);
14110 if (!current_function_decl)
14111 endname = text_end_label;
14114 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
14115 current_function_funcdef_no);
14116 endname = ggc_strdup (label_id);
14119 *listp = new_loc_list (descr, node->label, endname, secname);
14120 listp = &(*listp)->dw_loc_next;
14124 /* Try to avoid the overhead of a location list emitting a location
14125 expression instead, but only if we didn't have more than one
14126 location entry in the first place. If some entries were not
14127 representable, we don't want to pretend a single entry that was
14128 applies to the entire scope in which the variable is
14130 if (list && loc_list->first->next)
14136 /* Return if the loc_list has only single element and thus can be represented
14137 as location description. */
14140 single_element_loc_list_p (dw_loc_list_ref list)
14142 gcc_assert (!list->dw_loc_next || list->ll_symbol);
14143 return !list->ll_symbol;
14146 /* To each location in list LIST add loc descr REF. */
14149 add_loc_descr_to_each (dw_loc_list_ref list, dw_loc_descr_ref ref)
14151 dw_loc_descr_ref copy;
14152 add_loc_descr (&list->expr, ref);
14153 list = list->dw_loc_next;
14156 copy = GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node);
14157 memcpy (copy, ref, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
14158 add_loc_descr (&list->expr, copy);
14159 while (copy->dw_loc_next)
14161 dw_loc_descr_ref new_copy = GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node);
14162 memcpy (new_copy, copy->dw_loc_next, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
14163 copy->dw_loc_next = new_copy;
14166 list = list->dw_loc_next;
14170 /* Given two lists RET and LIST
14171 produce location list that is result of adding expression in LIST
14172 to expression in RET on each possition in program.
14173 Might be destructive on both RET and LIST.
14175 TODO: We handle only simple cases of RET or LIST having at most one
14176 element. General case would inolve sorting the lists in program order
14177 and merging them that will need some additional work.
14178 Adding that will improve quality of debug info especially for SRA-ed
14182 add_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *ret, dw_loc_list_ref list)
14191 if (!list->dw_loc_next)
14193 add_loc_descr_to_each (*ret, list->expr);
14196 if (!(*ret)->dw_loc_next)
14198 add_loc_descr_to_each (list, (*ret)->expr);
14202 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, NULL_RTX,
14203 "Don't know how to merge two non-trivial"
14204 " location lists.\n");
14209 /* LOC is constant expression. Try a luck, look it up in constant
14210 pool and return its loc_descr of its address. */
14212 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14213 cst_pool_loc_descr (tree loc)
14215 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
14216 rtx rtl = lookup_constant_def (loc);
14217 enum machine_mode mode;
14219 if (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl))
14224 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF);
14226 /* TODO: We might get more coverage if we was actually delaying expansion
14227 of all expressions till end of compilation when constant pools are fully
14229 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl, 0))))
14231 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14232 "CST value in contant pool but not marked.");
14235 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
14236 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
14237 return mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14240 /* Return dw_loc_list representing address of addr_expr LOC
14241 by looking for innder INDIRECT_REF expression and turing it
14242 into simple arithmetics. */
14244 static dw_loc_list_ref
14245 loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref (tree loc, bool toplev)
14248 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
14249 enum machine_mode mode;
14251 int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
14252 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret = NULL, list_ret1 = NULL;
14254 obj = get_inner_reference (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0),
14255 &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
14256 &unsignedp, &volatilep, false);
14258 if (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT)
14260 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "bitfield access");
14263 if (!INDIRECT_REF_P (obj))
14265 expansion_failed (obj,
14266 NULL_RTX, "no indirect ref in inner refrence");
14269 if (!offset && !bitpos)
14270 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj, 0), toplev ? 2 : 1);
14272 && int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14273 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
14275 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj, 0), 0);
14280 /* Variable offset. */
14281 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (offset, 0);
14282 if (list_ret1 == 0)
14284 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
14287 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
14288 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
14290 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
14292 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
14293 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
14295 else if (bytepos < 0)
14296 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, bytepos);
14297 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
14298 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14304 /* Generate Dwarf location list representing LOC.
14305 If WANT_ADDRESS is false, expression computing LOC will be computed
14306 If WANT_ADDRESS is 1, expression computing address of LOC will be returned
14307 if WANT_ADDRESS is 2, expression computing address useable in location
14308 will be returned (i.e. DW_OP_reg can be used
14309 to refer to register values). */
14311 static dw_loc_list_ref
14312 loc_list_from_tree (tree loc, int want_address)
14314 dw_loc_descr_ref ret = NULL, ret1 = NULL;
14315 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret = NULL, list_ret1 = NULL;
14316 int have_address = 0;
14317 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
14319 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
14320 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
14323 switch (TREE_CODE (loc))
14326 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "ERROR_MARK");
14329 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR:
14330 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
14331 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
14332 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
14333 the names of types. */
14334 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "PLACEHOLDER_EXPR");
14338 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "CALL_EXPR");
14339 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
14342 case PREINCREMENT_EXPR:
14343 case PREDECREMENT_EXPR:
14344 case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR:
14345 case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR:
14346 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "PRE/POST INDCREMENT/DECREMENT");
14347 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
14351 /* If we already want an address, see if there is INDIRECT_REF inside
14352 e.g. for &this->field. */
14355 list_ret = loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref
14356 (loc, want_address == 2);
14359 else if (decl_address_ip_invariant_p (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))
14360 && (ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc)))
14363 /* Otherwise, process the argument and look for the address. */
14364 if (!list_ret && !ret)
14365 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 1);
14369 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "need address of ADDR_EXPR");
14375 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (loc))
14378 enum dwarf_location_atom first_op;
14379 enum dwarf_location_atom second_op;
14380 bool dtprel = false;
14382 if (targetm.have_tls)
14384 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the
14386 if (!targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
14389 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we
14390 can only look up addresses of objects in the current
14392 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc) && !targetm.binds_local_p (loc))
14394 first_op = DW_OP_addr;
14396 second_op = DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address;
14400 if (!targetm.emutls.debug_form_tls_address
14401 || !(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
14403 loc = emutls_decl (loc);
14404 first_op = DW_OP_addr;
14405 second_op = DW_OP_form_tls_address;
14408 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
14409 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
14414 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
14415 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl))
14418 ret = new_loc_descr (first_op, 0, 0);
14419 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
14420 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
14421 ret->dtprel = dtprel;
14423 ret1 = new_loc_descr (second_op, 0, 0);
14424 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
14432 if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (loc))
14433 return loc_list_from_tree (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc),
14438 case FUNCTION_DECL:
14441 var_loc_list *loc_list = lookup_decl_loc (loc);
14443 if (loc_list && loc_list->first)
14445 list_ret = dw_loc_list (loc_list, loc, want_address);
14446 have_address = want_address != 0;
14449 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
14450 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
14452 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "DECL has no RTL");
14455 else if (CONST_INT_P (rtl))
14457 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
14458 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
14459 val &= GET_MODE_MASK (DECL_MODE (loc));
14460 ret = int_loc_descriptor (val);
14462 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
14464 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "CONST_STRING");
14467 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl) && const_ok_for_output (rtl))
14469 ret = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
14470 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
14471 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
14475 enum machine_mode mode;
14477 /* Certain constructs can only be represented at top-level. */
14478 if (want_address == 2)
14480 ret = loc_descriptor (rtl, VOIDmode,
14481 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14486 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
14489 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
14492 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14495 expansion_failed (loc, rtl,
14496 "failed to produce loc descriptor for rtl");
14502 case ALIGN_INDIRECT_REF:
14503 case MISALIGNED_INDIRECT_REF:
14504 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14508 case COMPOUND_EXPR:
14509 return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), want_address);
14512 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
14515 return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), want_address);
14517 case COMPONENT_REF:
14518 case BIT_FIELD_REF:
14520 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF:
14521 case REALPART_EXPR:
14522 case IMAGPART_EXPR:
14525 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
14526 enum machine_mode mode;
14528 int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
14530 obj = get_inner_reference (loc, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
14531 &unsignedp, &volatilep, false);
14533 gcc_assert (obj != loc);
14535 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (obj,
14537 && !bitpos && !offset ? 2 : 1);
14538 /* TODO: We can extract value of the small expression via shifting even
14539 for nonzero bitpos. */
14542 if (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0 || bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0)
14544 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14545 "bitfield access");
14549 if (offset != NULL_TREE)
14551 /* Variable offset. */
14552 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (offset, 0);
14553 if (list_ret1 == 0)
14555 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
14558 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
14561 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
14563 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bytepos, 0));
14564 else if (bytepos < 0)
14565 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, bytepos);
14572 if ((want_address || !host_integerp (loc, 0))
14573 && (ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc)))
14575 else if (want_address == 2
14576 && host_integerp (loc, 0)
14577 && (ret = address_of_int_loc_descriptor
14578 (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)),
14579 tree_low_cst (loc, 0))))
14581 else if (host_integerp (loc, 0))
14582 ret = int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc, 0));
14585 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14586 "Integer operand is not host integer");
14595 if ((ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc)))
14598 /* We can construct small constants here using int_loc_descriptor. */
14599 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14600 "constructor or constant not in constant pool");
14603 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR:
14604 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR:
14609 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR:
14614 case TRUTH_OR_EXPR:
14615 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR:
14620 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR:
14621 case CEIL_DIV_EXPR:
14622 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR:
14623 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR:
14624 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
14633 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR:
14634 case CEIL_MOD_EXPR:
14635 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR:
14636 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR:
14637 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
14642 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14643 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
14644 if (list_ret == 0 || list_ret1 == 0)
14647 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
14650 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
14651 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
14652 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div, 0, 0));
14653 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
14654 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0));
14666 op = (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)) ? DW_OP_shr : DW_OP_shra);
14669 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
14671 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
14672 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0))
14674 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14678 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0));
14686 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
14693 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
14700 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
14707 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
14722 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14723 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
14724 if (list_ret == 0 || list_ret1 == 0)
14727 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
14730 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
14733 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR:
14747 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14751 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
14757 const enum tree_code code =
14758 TREE_CODE (loc) == MIN_EXPR ? GT_EXPR : LT_EXPR;
14760 loc = build3 (COND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (loc),
14761 build2 (code, integer_type_node,
14762 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)),
14763 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0));
14766 /* ... fall through ... */
14770 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
14771 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
14772 dw_loc_list_ref rhs
14773 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 2), 0);
14774 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, jump_node, tmp;
14776 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14777 if (list_ret == 0 || lhs == 0 || rhs == 0)
14780 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
14781 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, bra_node);
14783 add_loc_list (&list_ret, rhs);
14784 jump_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
14785 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, jump_node);
14787 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, lhs);
14788 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
14789 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = lhs;
14791 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
14792 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop, 0, 0);
14793 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, tmp);
14794 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
14795 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = tmp;
14799 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR:
14803 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
14804 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
14805 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc)
14806 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE)
14808 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14809 "language specific tree node");
14813 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
14814 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
14815 these explicitly. We forgot one. */
14816 gcc_unreachable ();
14818 /* In a release build, we want to degrade gracefully: better to
14819 generate incomplete debugging information than to crash. */
14824 if (!ret && !list_ret)
14827 if (want_address == 2 && !have_address
14828 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
14830 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14832 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14833 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14837 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14839 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
14840 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14843 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
14844 if (want_address && !have_address)
14846 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14847 "Want address and only have value");
14851 gcc_assert (!ret || !list_ret);
14853 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
14854 if (!want_address && have_address)
14856 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
14858 if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
14860 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14861 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14864 else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14867 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
14870 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
14872 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
14875 list_ret = new_loc_list (ret, NULL, NULL, NULL);
14880 /* Same as above but return only single location expression. */
14881 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14882 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc, int want_address)
14884 dw_loc_list_ref ret = loc_list_from_tree (loc, want_address);
14887 if (ret->dw_loc_next)
14889 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14890 "Location list where only loc descriptor needed");
14896 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
14897 which is not less than the value itself. */
14899 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
14900 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value, unsigned int boundary)
14902 return (((value + boundary - 1) / boundary) * boundary);
14905 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
14906 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
14907 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
14908 ERROR_MARK node. */
14911 field_type (const_tree decl)
14915 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
14916 return integer_type_node;
14918 type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
14919 if (type == NULL_TREE)
14920 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
14925 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
14926 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
14927 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
14929 static inline unsigned
14930 simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree type)
14932 return (TREE_CODE (type) != ERROR_MARK) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type) : BITS_PER_WORD;
14935 static inline unsigned
14936 simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree decl)
14938 return (TREE_CODE (decl) != ERROR_MARK) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl) : BITS_PER_WORD;
14941 /* Return the result of rounding T up to ALIGN. */
14943 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
14944 round_up_to_align (HOST_WIDE_INT t, unsigned int align)
14946 /* We must be careful if T is negative because HOST_WIDE_INT can be
14947 either "above" or "below" unsigned int as per the C promotion
14948 rules, depending on the host, thus making the signedness of the
14949 direct multiplication and division unpredictable. */
14950 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT u = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) t;
14956 return (HOST_WIDE_INT) u;
14959 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
14960 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
14961 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
14962 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
14963 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
14966 static HOST_WIDE_INT
14967 field_byte_offset (const_tree decl)
14969 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits;
14970 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
14972 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
14975 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
14977 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
14978 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
14979 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
14980 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0))
14983 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
14985 #ifdef PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
14986 if (PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS)
14989 tree field_size_tree;
14990 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos;
14991 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits;
14992 unsigned int type_align_in_bits;
14993 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits;
14994 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits;
14996 type = field_type (decl);
14997 type_size_in_bits = simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
14998 type_align_in_bits = simple_type_align_in_bits (type);
15000 field_size_tree = DECL_SIZE (decl);
15002 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
15003 a flexible array member. */
15004 if (!field_size_tree)
15005 field_size_tree = bitsize_zero_node;
15007 /* If the size of the field is not constant, use the type size. */
15008 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree, 1))
15009 field_size_in_bits = tree_low_cst (field_size_tree, 1);
15011 field_size_in_bits = type_size_in_bits;
15013 decl_align_in_bits = simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl);
15015 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the
15016 starting bit offset (relative to the start of the containing
15017 structure type) of the hypothetical "containing object" for a
15018 bit-field. Thus, when computing the byte offset value for the
15019 start of the "containing object" of a bit-field, we must deduce
15020 this information on our own. This can be rather tricky to do in
15021 some cases. For example, handling the following structure type
15022 definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only
15023 aligns long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
15025 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
15027 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used
15028 in such cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will
15029 allocate 8 bytes for the structure shown above. It decides to
15030 do this based upon one simple rule for bit-field allocation.
15031 GCC allocates each "containing object" for each bit-field at
15032 the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment boundary
15033 (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared
15034 type of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the
15035 condition that there is still enough available space remaining
15036 in the containing object (when allocated at the selected point)
15037 to fully accommodate all of the bits of the bit-field itself.
15039 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for
15040 each object of the structure type shown above. When looking
15041 for a place to allocate the "containing object" for `field2',
15042 the compiler simply tries to allocate a 64-bit "containing
15043 object" at each successive 32-bit boundary (starting at zero)
15044 until it finds a place to allocate that 64- bit field such that
15045 at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated) bits remain
15046 within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
15047 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the
15048 "containing object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the
15051 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts
15052 we're given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC
15053 must have believed that the containing object started (within
15054 the structure type). The value we deduce is then used (by the
15055 callers of this routine) to generate DW_AT_location and
15056 DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields and, in
15057 the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
15059 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to
15060 the "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
15061 deepest_bitpos = bitpos_int + field_size_in_bits;
15063 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce
15064 where the lowest addressed bit of the containing object must
15066 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
15068 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for
15070 object_offset_in_bits
15071 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits, type_align_in_bits);
15073 if (object_offset_in_bits > bitpos_int)
15075 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
15077 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
15078 object_offset_in_bits
15079 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits, decl_align_in_bits);
15084 object_offset_in_bits = bitpos_int;
15086 return object_offset_in_bits / BITS_PER_UNIT;
15089 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
15090 associated with them. */
15092 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
15094 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
15095 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
15096 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
15099 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
15100 dw_loc_list_ref descr)
15104 if (single_element_loc_list_p (descr))
15105 add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, descr->expr);
15107 add_AT_loc_list (die, attr_kind, descr);
15110 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
15111 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
15112 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
15113 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
15114 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
15115 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
15118 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
15119 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
15120 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
15121 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
15122 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
15123 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
15124 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
15125 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
15126 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
15127 function below.) */
15130 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
15132 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
15133 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr = 0;
15135 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TREE_BINFO)
15137 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
15138 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (decl) && is_cxx ())
15140 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
15141 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
15142 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
15143 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
15145 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
15147 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
15149 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp;
15151 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
15152 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0);
15153 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15155 /* Extract the vtable address. */
15156 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
15157 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15159 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
15160 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl), 0);
15161 gcc_assert (offset < 0);
15163 tmp = int_loc_descriptor (-offset);
15164 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15165 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0);
15166 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15168 /* Extract the offset. */
15169 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
15170 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15172 /* Add it to the object address. */
15173 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0);
15174 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15177 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl), 0);
15180 offset = field_byte_offset (decl);
15184 if (dwarf_version > 2)
15186 /* Don't need to output a location expression, just the constant. */
15187 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, offset);
15192 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
15194 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
15195 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure
15196 field address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
15198 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
15199 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
15200 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
15204 op = DW_OP_plus_uconst;
15207 loc_descr = new_loc_descr (op, offset, 0);
15211 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, loc_descr);
15214 /* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */
15217 insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val, unsigned int size, unsigned char *dest)
15221 *dest++ = val & 0xff;
15227 /* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */
15229 static HOST_WIDE_INT
15230 extract_int (const unsigned char *src, unsigned int size)
15232 HOST_WIDE_INT val = 0;
15238 val |= *--src & 0xff;
15244 /* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */
15247 insert_float (const_rtx rtl, unsigned char *array)
15249 REAL_VALUE_TYPE rv;
15253 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, rtl);
15254 real_to_target (val, &rv, GET_MODE (rtl));
15256 /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */
15257 for (i = 0; i < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / 4; i++)
15259 insert_int (val[i], 4, array);
15264 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
15265 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
15266 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
15267 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
15268 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
15271 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, rtx rtl)
15273 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
15277 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
15280 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_const_value, val);
15282 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_const_value, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) val);
15287 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
15288 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
15289 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
15292 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
15294 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
15296 unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
15297 unsigned char *array = GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length);
15299 insert_float (rtl, array);
15300 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length / 4, 4, array);
15303 add_AT_double (die, DW_AT_const_value,
15304 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl));
15310 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
15311 unsigned int elt_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode);
15312 unsigned int length = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl);
15313 unsigned char *array = GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length * elt_size);
15317 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
15319 case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
15320 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
15322 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
15323 HOST_WIDE_INT lo, hi;
15325 switch (GET_CODE (elt))
15333 lo = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (elt);
15334 hi = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (elt);
15338 gcc_unreachable ();
15341 if (elt_size <= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
15342 insert_int (lo, elt_size, p);
15345 unsigned char *p0 = p;
15346 unsigned char *p1 = p + sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT);
15348 gcc_assert (elt_size == 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT));
15349 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
15354 insert_int (lo, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p0);
15355 insert_int (hi, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p1);
15360 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
15361 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
15363 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
15364 insert_float (elt, p);
15369 gcc_unreachable ();
15372 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length, elt_size, array);
15377 if (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
15379 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result;
15380 resolve_one_addr (&rtl, NULL);
15382 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
15383 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
15384 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
15385 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
15386 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_location, loc_result);
15387 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
15393 if (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
15394 return add_const_value_attribute (die, XEXP (rtl, 0));
15397 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl))
15400 if (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
15405 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
15406 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
15407 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
15408 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
15409 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
15410 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
15411 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
15412 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
15413 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
15414 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
15415 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
15423 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_STRING
15424 && MEM_READONLY_P (rtl)
15425 && GET_MODE (rtl) == BLKmode)
15427 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_const_value, XSTR (XEXP (rtl, 0), 0));
15433 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
15434 gcc_unreachable ();
15439 /* Determine whether the evaluation of EXPR references any variables
15440 or functions which aren't otherwise used (and therefore may not be
15443 reference_to_unused (tree * tp, int * walk_subtrees,
15444 void * data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
15446 if (! EXPR_P (*tp) && ! CONSTANT_CLASS_P (*tp))
15447 *walk_subtrees = 0;
15449 if (DECL_P (*tp) && ! TREE_PUBLIC (*tp) && ! TREE_USED (*tp)
15450 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp))
15452 /* ??? The C++ FE emits debug information for using decls, so
15453 putting gcc_unreachable here falls over. See PR31899. For now
15454 be conservative. */
15455 else if (!cgraph_global_info_ready
15456 && (TREE_CODE (*tp) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (*tp) == FUNCTION_DECL))
15458 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == VAR_DECL)
15460 struct varpool_node *node = varpool_node (*tp);
15464 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == FUNCTION_DECL
15465 && (!DECL_EXTERNAL (*tp) || DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (*tp)))
15467 /* The call graph machinery must have finished analyzing,
15468 optimizing and gimplifying the CU by now.
15469 So if *TP has no call graph node associated
15470 to it, it means *TP will not be emitted. */
15471 if (!cgraph_get_node (*tp))
15474 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == STRING_CST && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp))
15480 /* Generate an RTL constant from a decl initializer INIT with decl type TYPE,
15481 for use in a later add_const_value_attribute call. */
15484 rtl_for_decl_init (tree init, tree type)
15486 rtx rtl = NULL_RTX;
15488 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
15489 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
15490 if (TREE_CODE (init) == STRING_CST && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
15492 tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (type);
15493 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
15494 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
15496 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 1
15498 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain))
15499 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain),
15500 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init) - 1) == 0
15501 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init)
15502 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)) + 1))
15504 rtl = gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode,
15505 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)));
15506 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, rtl);
15507 MEM_READONLY_P (rtl) = 1;
15510 /* Other aggregates, and complex values, could be represented using
15512 else if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type) || TREE_CODE (type) == COMPLEX_TYPE)
15514 /* Vectors only work if their mode is supported by the target.
15515 FIXME: generic vectors ought to work too. */
15516 else if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE && TYPE_MODE (type) == BLKmode)
15518 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
15519 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. We must be careful not to
15520 reference variables which won't be output. */
15521 else if (initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type)
15522 && ! walk_tree (&init, reference_to_unused, NULL, NULL))
15524 /* Convert vector CONSTRUCTOR initializers to VECTOR_CST if
15526 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
15527 switch (TREE_CODE (init))
15532 if (TREE_CONSTANT (init))
15534 VEC(constructor_elt,gc) *elts = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init);
15535 bool constant_p = true;
15537 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT ix;
15539 /* Even when ctor is constant, it might contain non-*_CST
15540 elements (e.g. { 1.0/0.0 - 1.0/0.0, 0.0 }) and those don't
15541 belong into VECTOR_CST nodes. */
15542 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (elts, ix, value)
15543 if (!CONSTANT_CLASS_P (value))
15545 constant_p = false;
15551 init = build_vector_from_ctor (type, elts);
15561 rtl = expand_expr (init, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_INITIALIZER);
15563 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
15564 gcc_assert (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl));
15570 /* Generate RTL for the variable DECL to represent its location. */
15573 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl)
15577 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
15578 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
15579 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
15581 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
15582 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
15583 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
15584 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
15585 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
15586 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
15587 referenced within the function.
15589 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
15590 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
15591 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
15592 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
15594 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
15595 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
15596 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
15597 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
15598 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
15599 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
15601 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
15602 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
15603 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
15604 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
15605 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
15606 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
15607 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
15608 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
15609 output at debug-time.
15611 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
15612 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
15613 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
15614 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
15615 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
15616 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
15617 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
15618 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
15619 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
15620 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
15621 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
15622 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
15623 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
15625 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
15626 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
15627 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
15628 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
15629 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
15630 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
15631 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
15632 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
15633 I'd like to fix it.
15635 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
15636 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
15637 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
15638 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
15639 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
15640 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
15641 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
15642 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
15643 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
15644 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
15645 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values. FIXME. */
15647 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
15648 rtl = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
15650 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
15651 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
15652 fixed registers. */
15653 if (! reload_completed)
15656 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl)
15658 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
15660 && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
15661 && TREE_STATIC (decl))))
15663 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
15668 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL)
15670 if (rtl == NULL_RTX || is_pseudo_reg (rtl))
15672 tree declared_type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
15673 tree passed_type = DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl);
15674 enum machine_mode dmode = TYPE_MODE (declared_type);
15675 enum machine_mode pmode = TYPE_MODE (passed_type);
15677 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
15678 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
15679 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
15680 if (dmode == pmode)
15681 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
15682 else if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode)
15683 && GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
15684 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
15686 rtx inc = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
15689 else if (MEM_P (inc))
15691 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
15692 rtl = adjust_address_nv (inc, dmode,
15693 GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
15694 - GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode));
15701 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
15702 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
15703 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
15704 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
15705 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
15706 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
15708 else if (MEM_P (rtl)
15709 && XEXP (rtl, 0) != const0_rtx
15710 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
15711 /* Not passed in memory. */
15712 && !MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
15713 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
15714 && (!REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
15715 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
15716 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
15717 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
15718 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
15721 /* Big endian correction check. */
15722 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
15723 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) != GET_MODE (rtl)
15724 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
15727 int offset = (UNITS_PER_WORD
15728 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
15730 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
15731 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), offset));
15734 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
15737 && GET_MODE (rtl) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))
15738 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
15740 int rsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl));
15741 int dsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
15743 /* If a variable is declared "register" yet is smaller than
15744 a register, then if we store the variable to memory, it
15745 looks like we're storing a register-sized value, when in
15746 fact we are not. We need to adjust the offset of the
15747 storage location to reflect the actual value's bytes,
15748 else gdb will not be able to display it. */
15750 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
15751 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), rsize-dsize));
15754 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
15755 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
15756 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
15757 if (!rtl && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
15758 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (DECL_INITIAL (decl), TREE_TYPE (decl));
15761 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
15763 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
15764 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
15765 code, and thus is not emitted. */
15767 rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
15769 /* Try harder to get a rtl. If this symbol ends up not being emitted
15770 in the current CU, resolve_addr will remove the expression referencing
15772 if (rtl == NULL_RTX
15773 && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
15774 && !DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
15775 && TREE_STATIC (decl)
15776 && DECL_NAME (decl)
15777 && !DECL_HARD_REGISTER (decl)
15778 && DECL_MODE (decl) != VOIDmode)
15780 rtl = DECL_RTL (decl);
15781 /* Reset DECL_RTL back, as various parts of the compiler expects
15782 DECL_RTL set meaning it is actually going to be output. */
15783 SET_DECL_RTL (decl, NULL);
15785 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != SYMBOL_REF
15786 || SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != decl)
15793 /* Check whether decl is a Fortran COMMON symbol. If not, NULL_TREE is
15794 returned. If so, the decl for the COMMON block is returned, and the
15795 value is the offset into the common block for the symbol. */
15798 fortran_common (tree decl, HOST_WIDE_INT *value)
15800 tree val_expr, cvar;
15801 enum machine_mode mode;
15802 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos;
15804 int volatilep = 0, unsignedp = 0;
15806 /* If the decl isn't a VAR_DECL, or if it isn't static, or if
15807 it does not have a value (the offset into the common area), or if it
15808 is thread local (as opposed to global) then it isn't common, and shouldn't
15809 be handled as such. */
15810 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL
15811 || !TREE_STATIC (decl)
15812 || !DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (decl)
15816 val_expr = DECL_VALUE_EXPR (decl);
15817 if (TREE_CODE (val_expr) != COMPONENT_REF)
15820 cvar = get_inner_reference (val_expr, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset,
15821 &mode, &unsignedp, &volatilep, true);
15823 if (cvar == NULL_TREE
15824 || TREE_CODE (cvar) != VAR_DECL
15825 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (cvar)
15826 || !TREE_PUBLIC (cvar))
15830 if (offset != NULL)
15832 if (!host_integerp (offset, 0))
15834 *value = tree_low_cst (offset, 0);
15837 *value += bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
15842 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
15843 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
15844 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
15845 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
15846 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
15847 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
15848 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
15849 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
15850 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
15851 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
15854 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl,
15855 enum dwarf_attribute attr)
15858 dw_loc_list_ref list;
15859 var_loc_list *loc_list;
15861 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
15864 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL
15865 || TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL);
15867 /* Try to get some constant RTL for this decl, and use that as the value of
15870 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (decl);
15871 if (rtl && (CONSTANT_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
15872 && add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl))
15875 /* See if we have single element location list that is equivalent to
15876 a constant value. That way we are better to use add_const_value_attribute
15877 rather than expanding constant value equivalent. */
15878 loc_list = lookup_decl_loc (decl);
15881 && loc_list->first == loc_list->last
15882 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (loc_list->first->var_loc_note)
15883 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_list->first->var_loc_note))
15885 struct var_loc_node *node;
15887 node = loc_list->first;
15888 rtl = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note);
15889 if (GET_CODE (rtl) != PARALLEL)
15890 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
15891 if ((CONSTANT_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
15892 && add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl))
15895 list = loc_list_from_tree (decl, decl_by_reference_p (decl) ? 0 : 2);
15898 add_AT_location_description (die, attr, list);
15901 /* None of that worked, so it must not really have a location;
15902 try adding a constant value attribute from the DECL_INITIAL. */
15903 return tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (die, decl);
15906 /* Add VARIABLE and DIE into deferred locations list. */
15909 defer_location (tree variable, dw_die_ref die)
15911 deferred_locations entry;
15912 entry.variable = variable;
15914 VEC_safe_push (deferred_locations, gc, deferred_locations_list, &entry);
15917 /* Helper function for tree_add_const_value_attribute. Natively encode
15918 initializer INIT into an array. Return true if successful. */
15921 native_encode_initializer (tree init, unsigned char *array, int size)
15925 if (init == NULL_TREE)
15929 switch (TREE_CODE (init))
15932 type = TREE_TYPE (init);
15933 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
15935 tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (type);
15936 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
15938 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) != 1)
15940 if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size)
15942 if (size > TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init))
15944 memcpy (array, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init),
15945 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init));
15946 memset (array + TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init),
15947 '\0', size - TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init));
15950 memcpy (array, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init), size);
15955 type = TREE_TYPE (init);
15956 if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size)
15958 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
15960 HOST_WIDE_INT min_index;
15961 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt;
15962 int curpos = 0, fieldsize;
15963 constructor_elt *ce;
15965 if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type) == NULL_TREE
15966 || !host_integerp (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)), 0))
15969 fieldsize = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type));
15970 if (fieldsize <= 0)
15973 min_index = tree_low_cst (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)), 0);
15974 memset (array, '\0', size);
15976 VEC_iterate (constructor_elt, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init), cnt, ce);
15979 tree val = ce->value;
15980 tree index = ce->index;
15982 if (index && TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR)
15983 pos = (tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 0), 0) - min_index)
15986 pos = (tree_low_cst (index, 0) - min_index) * fieldsize;
15991 if (!native_encode_initializer (val, array + pos, fieldsize))
15994 curpos = pos + fieldsize;
15995 if (index && TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR)
15997 int count = tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 1), 0)
15998 - tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 0), 0);
16002 memcpy (array + curpos, array + pos, fieldsize);
16003 curpos += fieldsize;
16006 gcc_assert (curpos <= size);
16010 else if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
16011 || TREE_CODE (type) == UNION_TYPE)
16013 tree field = NULL_TREE;
16014 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt;
16015 constructor_elt *ce;
16017 if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size)
16020 if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE)
16021 field = TYPE_FIELDS (type);
16024 VEC_iterate (constructor_elt, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init), cnt, ce);
16025 cnt++, field = field ? TREE_CHAIN (field) : 0)
16027 tree val = ce->value;
16028 int pos, fieldsize;
16030 if (ce->index != 0)
16036 if (field == NULL_TREE || DECL_BIT_FIELD (field))
16039 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field)) == ARRAY_TYPE
16040 && TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field))
16041 && ! TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field))))
16043 else if (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field) == NULL_TREE
16044 || !host_integerp (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field), 0))
16046 fieldsize = tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field), 0);
16047 pos = int_byte_position (field);
16048 gcc_assert (pos + fieldsize <= size);
16050 && !native_encode_initializer (val, array + pos, fieldsize))
16056 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
16057 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
16058 return native_encode_initializer (TREE_OPERAND (init, 0), array, size);
16060 return native_encode_expr (init, array, size) == size;
16064 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE. The value of the
16065 attribute is the const value T. */
16068 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree t)
16071 tree type = TREE_TYPE (t);
16074 if (!t || !TREE_TYPE (t) || TREE_TYPE (t) == error_mark_node)
16078 gcc_assert (!DECL_P (init));
16080 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (init, type);
16082 return add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl);
16083 /* If the host and target are sane, try harder. */
16084 else if (CHAR_BIT == 8 && BITS_PER_UNIT == 8
16085 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type))
16087 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (init));
16088 if (size > 0 && (int) size == size)
16090 unsigned char *array = GGC_CNEWVEC (unsigned char, size);
16092 if (native_encode_initializer (init, array, size))
16094 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, size, 1, array);
16102 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to VAR_DIE. The value of the
16103 attribute is the const value of T, where T is an integral constant
16104 variable with static storage duration
16105 (so it can't be a PARM_DECL or a RESULT_DECL). */
16108 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref var_die, tree decl)
16112 || (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL
16113 && TREE_CODE (decl) != CONST_DECL))
16116 if (TREE_READONLY (decl)
16117 && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl)
16118 && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
16123 /* Don't add DW_AT_const_value if abstract origin already has one. */
16124 if (get_AT (var_die, DW_AT_const_value))
16127 return tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die, DECL_INITIAL (decl));
16130 /* Convert the CFI instructions for the current function into a
16131 location list. This is used for DW_AT_frame_base when we targeting
16132 a dwarf2 consumer that does not support the dwarf3
16133 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. OFFSET is a constant to be added to all CFA
16136 static dw_loc_list_ref
16137 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
16140 dw_loc_list_ref list, *list_tail;
16142 dw_cfa_location last_cfa, next_cfa;
16143 const char *start_label, *last_label, *section;
16144 dw_cfa_location remember;
16146 fde = current_fde ();
16147 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
16149 section = secname_for_decl (current_function_decl);
16153 memset (&next_cfa, 0, sizeof (next_cfa));
16154 next_cfa.reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
16155 remember = next_cfa;
16157 start_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
16159 /* ??? Bald assumption that the CIE opcode list does not contain
16160 advance opcodes. */
16161 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
16162 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa, &remember);
16164 last_cfa = next_cfa;
16165 last_label = start_label;
16167 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
16168 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
16170 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
16171 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
16172 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
16173 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
16174 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
16176 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
16177 start_label, last_label, section);
16179 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
16180 last_cfa = next_cfa;
16181 start_label = last_label;
16183 last_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
16186 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
16187 /* The encoding is complex enough that we should never emit this. */
16188 gcc_unreachable ();
16191 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa, &remember);
16195 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
16197 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
16198 start_label, last_label, section);
16199 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
16200 start_label = last_label;
16203 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&next_cfa, offset),
16204 start_label, fde->dw_fde_end, section);
16206 if (list && list->dw_loc_next)
16212 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the
16213 frame base (often the same as the CFA), and store it in
16214 frame_pointer_fb_offset. OFFSET is added to the displacement
16215 before the latter is negated. */
16218 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
16222 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
16223 reg = frame_pointer_rtx;
16224 offset += FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
16226 reg = arg_pointer_rtx;
16227 offset += ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
16230 elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
16231 if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
16233 offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1));
16234 elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
16237 gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
16238 && (elim == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
16239 || elim == stack_pointer_rtx))
16240 || elim == (frame_pointer_needed
16241 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
16242 : stack_pointer_rtx));
16244 frame_pointer_fb_offset = -offset;
16247 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
16248 the value of the attribute. */
16251 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die, const char *name_string)
16253 if (name_string != NULL && *name_string != 0)
16255 if (demangle_name_func)
16256 name_string = (*demangle_name_func) (name_string);
16258 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name, name_string);
16262 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
16265 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die)
16267 const char *wd = get_src_pwd ();
16273 if (DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR)
16277 wdlen = strlen (wd);
16278 wd1 = GGC_NEWVEC (char, wdlen + 2);
16280 wd1 [wdlen] = DIR_SEPARATOR;
16281 wd1 [wdlen + 1] = 0;
16285 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_comp_dir, remap_debug_filename (wd));
16288 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
16289 a representation for that bound. */
16292 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr, tree bound)
16294 int want_address = 2;
16296 switch (TREE_CODE (bound))
16301 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
16304 unsigned int prec = simple_type_size_in_bits (TREE_TYPE (bound));
16306 /* Use the default if possible. */
16307 if (bound_attr == DW_AT_lower_bound
16308 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound))
16309 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound))))
16312 /* Otherwise represent the bound as an unsigned value with the
16313 precision of its type. The precision and signedness of the
16314 type will be necessary to re-interpret it unambiguously. */
16315 else if (prec < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
16317 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT mask
16318 = ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << prec) - 1;
16319 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr,
16320 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound) & mask);
16322 else if (prec == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
16323 || TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound) == 0)
16324 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr,
16325 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound));
16327 add_AT_double (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound),
16328 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound));
16333 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
16334 add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_OPERAND (bound, 0));
16344 dw_die_ref decl_die = lookup_decl_die (bound);
16346 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
16347 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
16348 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
16349 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
16350 later parameter. */
16351 if (decl_die != NULL)
16353 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
16362 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
16363 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
16365 dw_die_ref ctx, decl_die;
16366 dw_loc_list_ref list;
16368 list = loc_list_from_tree (bound, want_address);
16372 if (single_element_loc_list_p (list))
16374 add_AT_loc (subrange_die, bound_attr, list->expr);
16378 if (current_function_decl == 0)
16379 ctx = comp_unit_die;
16381 ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
16383 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx, bound);
16384 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
16385 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
16386 add_AT_location_description (decl_die, DW_AT_location, list);
16387 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
16393 /* Add subscript info to TYPE_DIE, describing an array TYPE, collapsing
16394 possibly nested array subscripts in a flat sequence if COLLAPSE_P is true.
16395 Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
16396 includes information about the element type of the given array type. */
16399 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die, tree type, bool collapse_p)
16401 unsigned dimension_number;
16403 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
16405 for (dimension_number = 0;
16406 TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE && (dimension_number == 0 || collapse_p);
16407 type = TREE_TYPE (type), dimension_number++)
16409 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
16411 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type) && is_fortran () && dimension_number > 0)
16414 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
16415 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
16417 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, type_die, NULL);
16420 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
16421 lower = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain);
16422 upper = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain);
16424 /* Define the index type. */
16425 if (TREE_TYPE (domain))
16427 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
16428 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
16429 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
16430 if (TREE_CODE (domain) == INTEGER_TYPE
16431 && TYPE_NAME (domain) == NULL_TREE
16432 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == INTEGER_TYPE
16433 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == NULL_TREE)
16436 add_type_attribute (subrange_die, TREE_TYPE (domain), 0, 0,
16440 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
16441 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
16443 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
16444 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
16445 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
16447 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, lower);
16449 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, upper);
16452 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
16453 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
16459 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree tree_node)
16463 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node))
16468 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
16471 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
16472 size = int_size_in_bytes (tree_node);
16475 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
16476 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
16477 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
16478 even for bit-fields. */
16479 size = simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node)) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
16482 gcc_unreachable ();
16485 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
16486 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
16487 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
16488 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
16489 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
16492 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
16493 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
16494 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
16497 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
16498 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
16499 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
16500 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
16501 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
16502 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
16504 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
16505 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
16506 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
16509 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
16511 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes = field_byte_offset (decl);
16512 tree type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
16513 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
16514 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset;
16515 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset;
16516 HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned bit_offset;
16518 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
16519 gcc_assert (type && TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
16521 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
16522 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
16523 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
16524 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0)
16525 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
16528 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
16530 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
16531 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
16532 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
16533 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
16534 below must take account of these differences. */
16535 highest_order_object_bit_offset = object_offset_in_bytes * BITS_PER_UNIT;
16536 highest_order_field_bit_offset = bitpos_int;
16538 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
16540 highest_order_field_bit_offset += tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 0);
16541 highest_order_object_bit_offset += simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
16545 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
16546 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset - highest_order_field_bit_offset
16547 : highest_order_field_bit_offset - highest_order_object_bit_offset);
16549 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_offset, bit_offset);
16552 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
16553 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
16556 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
16558 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
16559 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL
16560 && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl));
16562 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
16563 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_size, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1));
16566 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
16567 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
16570 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_type)
16572 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language) == DW_LANG_C89
16573 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type) != NULL)
16574 add_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_prototyped, 1);
16577 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
16578 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
16581 static inline dw_die_ref
16582 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree origin)
16584 dw_die_ref origin_die = NULL;
16586 if (TREE_CODE (origin) != FUNCTION_DECL)
16588 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
16589 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
16590 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
16592 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
16593 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
16597 fn = TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn);
16599 fn = decl_function_context (fn);
16601 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn);
16604 if (DECL_P (origin))
16605 origin_die = lookup_decl_die (origin);
16606 else if (TYPE_P (origin))
16607 origin_die = lookup_type_die (origin);
16609 /* XXX: Functions that are never lowered don't always have correct block
16610 trees (in the case of java, they simply have no block tree, in some other
16611 languages). For these functions, there is nothing we can really do to
16612 output correct debug info for inlined functions in all cases. Rather
16613 than die, we'll just produce deficient debug info now, in that we will
16614 have variables without a proper abstract origin. In the future, when all
16615 functions are lowered, we should re-add a gcc_assert (origin_die)
16619 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin, origin_die);
16623 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
16626 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_decl)
16628 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl))
16630 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
16632 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0))
16633 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location,
16634 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu,
16635 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0),
16638 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
16639 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
16640 && DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl))
16641 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_containing_type,
16642 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl)));
16646 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
16649 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
16651 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
16653 add_AT_file (die, DW_AT_decl_file, lookup_filename (s.file));
16654 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
16657 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
16658 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
16661 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
16665 decl_name = DECL_NAME (decl);
16666 if (decl_name != NULL && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name) != NULL)
16668 const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 0);
16670 add_name_attribute (die, name);
16671 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
16672 add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl);
16674 if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
16675 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
16676 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
16677 && !(TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_REGISTER (decl))
16680 /* Defer until we have an assembler name set. */
16681 if (!DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME_SET_P (decl))
16683 limbo_die_node *asm_name;
16685 asm_name = GGC_CNEW (limbo_die_node);
16686 asm_name->die = die;
16687 asm_name->created_for = decl;
16688 asm_name->next = deferred_asm_name;
16689 deferred_asm_name = asm_name;
16691 else if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl))
16692 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name,
16693 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
16697 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
16698 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
16699 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
16700 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
16702 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address,
16703 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
16704 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
16709 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
16712 push_decl_scope (tree scope)
16714 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, decl_scope_table, scope);
16717 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
16720 pop_decl_scope (void)
16722 VEC_pop (tree, decl_scope_table);
16725 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
16726 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
16727 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
16728 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
16729 the current active scope. */
16732 scope_die_for (tree t, dw_die_ref context_die)
16734 dw_die_ref scope_die = NULL;
16735 tree containing_scope;
16738 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
16739 gcc_assert (TYPE_P (t));
16741 containing_scope = TYPE_CONTEXT (t);
16743 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
16744 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
16746 if (context_die == lookup_decl_die (containing_scope))
16749 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
16752 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
16753 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
16754 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
16755 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == FUNCTION_TYPE)
16756 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
16758 if (containing_scope == NULL_TREE)
16759 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
16760 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope))
16762 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
16763 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
16764 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
16765 for (i = VEC_length (tree, decl_scope_table) - 1; i >= 0; --i)
16766 if (VEC_index (tree, decl_scope_table, i) == containing_scope)
16771 gcc_assert (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
16772 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope));
16774 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
16775 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
16778 scope_die = lookup_type_die (containing_scope);
16781 scope_die = context_die;
16786 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
16789 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
16791 for (; context_die; context_die = context_die->die_parent)
16792 if (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
16793 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
16799 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class. */
16802 class_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
16804 return (context_die
16805 && (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
16806 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_class_type
16807 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_interface_type
16808 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type));
16811 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
16812 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
16815 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
16817 return (class_scope_p (context_die)
16818 || (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace));
16821 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
16822 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
16823 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
16826 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die, tree type, int decl_const,
16827 int decl_volatile, dw_die_ref context_die)
16829 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
16830 dw_die_ref type_die = NULL;
16832 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral, floating-point
16833 or fixed-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
16834 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
16835 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
16836 if ((code == INTEGER_TYPE || code == REAL_TYPE || code == FIXED_POINT_TYPE)
16837 && TREE_TYPE (type) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type) == 0)
16838 type = TREE_TYPE (type), code = TREE_CODE (type);
16840 if (code == ERROR_MARK
16841 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
16842 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
16843 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
16844 || code == VOID_TYPE)
16847 type_die = modified_type_die (type,
16848 decl_const || TYPE_READONLY (type),
16849 decl_volatile || TYPE_VOLATILE (type),
16852 if (type_die != NULL)
16853 add_AT_die_ref (object_die, DW_AT_type, type_die);
16856 /* Given an object die, add the calling convention attribute for the
16857 function call type. */
16859 add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref subr_die, tree decl)
16861 enum dwarf_calling_convention value = DW_CC_normal;
16863 value = ((enum dwarf_calling_convention)
16864 targetm.dwarf_calling_convention (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
16866 /* DWARF doesn't provide a way to identify a program's source-level
16867 entry point. DW_AT_calling_convention attributes are only meant
16868 to describe functions' calling conventions. However, lacking a
16869 better way to signal the Fortran main program, we use this for the
16870 time being, following existing custom. */
16872 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)), "MAIN__"))
16873 value = DW_CC_program;
16875 /* Only add the attribute if the backend requests it, and
16876 is not DW_CC_normal. */
16877 if (value && (value != DW_CC_normal))
16878 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_calling_convention, value);
16881 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
16882 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
16883 was declared without a tag. */
16885 static const char *
16886 type_tag (const_tree type)
16888 const char *name = 0;
16890 if (TYPE_NAME (type) != 0)
16894 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
16895 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
16896 t = TYPE_NAME (type);
16898 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
16899 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
16901 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
16902 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type)))
16904 /* We want to be extra verbose. Don't call dwarf_name if
16905 DECL_NAME isn't set. The default hook for decl_printable_name
16906 doesn't like that, and in this context it's correct to return
16907 0, instead of "<anonymous>" or the like. */
16908 if (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type)))
16909 name = lang_hooks.dwarf_name (TYPE_NAME (type), 2);
16912 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
16913 if (!name && t != 0)
16914 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t);
16917 return (name == 0 || *name == '\0') ? 0 : name;
16920 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
16921 for bit field types. */
16924 member_declared_type (const_tree member)
16926 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member)
16927 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member) : TREE_TYPE (member));
16930 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
16931 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
16934 static const char *
16935 decl_start_label (tree decl)
16938 const char *fnname;
16940 x = DECL_RTL (decl);
16941 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x));
16944 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF);
16946 fnname = XSTR (x, 0);
16951 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
16952 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
16953 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
16956 gen_array_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
16958 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
16959 dw_die_ref array_die;
16961 /* GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of one
16962 dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array types.
16963 We sometimes squish that down to a single array_type DIE with multiple
16964 subscripts in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft Dwarf specification
16965 say that we are allowed to do this kind of compression in C, because
16966 there is no difference between an array of arrays and a multidimensional
16967 array. We don't do this for Ada to remain as close as possible to the
16968 actual representation, which is especially important against the language
16969 flexibilty wrt arrays of variable size. */
16971 bool collapse_nested_arrays = !is_ada ();
16974 /* Emit DW_TAG_string_type for Fortran character types (with kind 1 only, as
16975 DW_TAG_string_type doesn't have DW_AT_type attribute). */
16976 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type)
16977 && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE
16979 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == TYPE_MODE (char_type_node))
16981 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
16983 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type, scope_die, type);
16984 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
16985 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
16986 size = int_size_in_bytes (type);
16988 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
16989 else if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type) != NULL_TREE
16990 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)) != NULL_TREE
16991 && DECL_P (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type))))
16993 tree szdecl = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type));
16994 dw_loc_list_ref loc = loc_list_from_tree (szdecl, 2);
16996 size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (szdecl));
16997 if (loc && size > 0)
16999 add_AT_location_description (array_die, DW_AT_string_length, loc);
17000 if (size != DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
17001 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
17007 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types
17008 (e.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10]) unless the inner
17009 array type comes before the outer array type. We thus call gen_type_die
17010 before we new_die and must prevent nested array types collapsing for this
17013 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17014 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
17015 collapse_nested_arrays = false;
17018 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
17019 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
17020 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
17022 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
17024 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
17025 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
17026 type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type)));
17027 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_GNU_vector, 1);
17030 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
17032 && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE
17033 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == ARRAY_TYPE
17034 && !TYPE_STRING_FLAG (TREE_TYPE (type)))
17035 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_col_major);
17038 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
17039 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
17040 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
17041 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
17042 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
17043 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
17044 for multidimensional arrays. */
17045 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_row_major);
17048 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17049 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
17050 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
17051 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type))
17052 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
17055 add_subscript_info (array_die, type, collapse_nested_arrays);
17057 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type and
17058 emit the corresponding DIE if we haven't done it already. */
17059 element_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
17060 if (collapse_nested_arrays)
17061 while (TREE_CODE (element_type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
17063 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (element_type) && is_fortran ())
17065 element_type = TREE_TYPE (element_type);
17068 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17069 gen_type_die (element_type, context_die);
17072 add_type_attribute (array_die, element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
17074 if (get_AT (array_die, DW_AT_name))
17075 add_pubtype (type, array_die);
17078 static dw_loc_descr_ref
17079 descr_info_loc (tree val, tree base_decl)
17081 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
17082 dw_loc_descr_ref loc, loc2;
17083 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
17085 if (val == base_decl)
17086 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_push_object_address, 0, 0);
17088 switch (TREE_CODE (val))
17091 return descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
17093 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (val, 0);
17095 if (host_integerp (val, 0))
17096 return int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (val, 0));
17099 size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (val));
17102 loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
17105 if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
17106 add_loc_descr (&loc, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
17108 add_loc_descr (&loc, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size, size, 0));
17110 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
17112 if (host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 1)
17113 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 1)
17116 loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
17119 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 0));
17125 loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
17128 loc2 = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), base_decl);
17131 add_loc_descr (&loc, loc2);
17132 add_loc_descr (&loc2, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
17154 add_descr_info_field (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr,
17155 tree val, tree base_decl)
17157 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
17159 if (host_integerp (val, 0))
17161 add_AT_unsigned (die, attr, tree_low_cst (val, 0));
17165 loc = descr_info_loc (val, base_decl);
17169 add_AT_loc (die, attr, loc);
17172 /* This routine generates DIE for array with hidden descriptor, details
17173 are filled into *info by a langhook. */
17176 gen_descr_array_type_die (tree type, struct array_descr_info *info,
17177 dw_die_ref context_die)
17179 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
17180 dw_die_ref array_die;
17183 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
17184 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
17185 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
17187 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
17189 && info->ndimensions >= 2)
17190 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_col_major);
17192 if (info->data_location)
17193 add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_data_location, info->data_location,
17195 if (info->associated)
17196 add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_associated, info->associated,
17198 if (info->allocated)
17199 add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_allocated, info->allocated,
17202 for (dim = 0; dim < info->ndimensions; dim++)
17204 dw_die_ref subrange_die
17205 = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, array_die, NULL);
17207 if (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound)
17209 /* If it is the default value, omit it. */
17210 if ((is_c_family () || is_java ())
17211 && integer_zerop (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound))
17213 else if (is_fortran ()
17214 && integer_onep (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound))
17217 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound,
17218 info->dimen[dim].lower_bound,
17221 if (info->dimen[dim].upper_bound)
17222 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound,
17223 info->dimen[dim].upper_bound,
17225 if (info->dimen[dim].stride)
17226 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_stride,
17227 info->dimen[dim].stride,
17231 gen_type_die (info->element_type, context_die);
17232 add_type_attribute (array_die, info->element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
17234 if (get_AT (array_die, DW_AT_name))
17235 add_pubtype (type, array_die);
17240 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
17242 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
17243 dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point, context_die, decl);
17245 if (origin != NULL)
17246 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die, origin);
17249 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
17250 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
17251 0, 0, context_die);
17254 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
17255 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
17257 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, decl_start_label (decl));
17261 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
17262 emit full debugging info for them. */
17265 retry_incomplete_types (void)
17269 for (i = VEC_length (tree, incomplete_types) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
17270 if (should_emit_struct_debug (VEC_index (tree, incomplete_types, i),
17271 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
17272 gen_type_die (VEC_index (tree, incomplete_types, i), comp_unit_die);
17275 /* Determine what tag to use for a record type. */
17277 static enum dwarf_tag
17278 record_type_tag (tree type)
17280 if (! lang_hooks.types.classify_record)
17281 return DW_TAG_structure_type;
17283 switch (lang_hooks.types.classify_record (type))
17285 case RECORD_IS_STRUCT:
17286 return DW_TAG_structure_type;
17288 case RECORD_IS_CLASS:
17289 return DW_TAG_class_type;
17291 case RECORD_IS_INTERFACE:
17292 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
17293 return DW_TAG_interface_type;
17294 return DW_TAG_structure_type;
17297 gcc_unreachable ();
17301 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
17302 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
17303 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
17307 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
17309 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
17311 if (type_die == NULL)
17313 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type,
17314 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
17315 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
17316 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
17318 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type))
17321 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
17323 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
17324 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
17325 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
17326 if (TYPE_SIZE (type))
17330 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
17331 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
17332 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
17333 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
17335 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
17336 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
17337 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
17338 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type, context_die), type_die);
17340 for (link = TYPE_VALUES (type);
17341 link != NULL; link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
17343 dw_die_ref enum_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator, type_die, link);
17344 tree value = TREE_VALUE (link);
17346 add_name_attribute (enum_die,
17347 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link)));
17349 if (TREE_CODE (value) == CONST_DECL)
17350 value = DECL_INITIAL (value);
17352 if (host_integerp (value, TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value))))
17353 /* DWARF2 does not provide a way of indicating whether or
17354 not enumeration constants are signed or unsigned. GDB
17355 always assumes the values are signed, so we output all
17356 values as if they were signed. That means that
17357 enumeration constants with very large unsigned values
17358 will appear to have negative values in the debugger. */
17359 add_AT_int (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
17360 tree_low_cst (value, tree_int_cst_sgn (value) > 0));
17364 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
17366 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
17367 add_pubtype (type, type_die);
17372 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
17373 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
17376 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
17377 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
17378 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
17379 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
17380 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
17381 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
17382 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
17383 argument type of some subprogram type.
17384 If EMIT_NAME_P is true, name and source coordinate attributes
17388 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node, tree origin, bool emit_name_p,
17389 dw_die_ref context_die)
17391 tree node_or_origin = node ? node : origin;
17392 dw_die_ref parm_die
17393 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter, context_die, node);
17395 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node_or_origin)))
17397 case tcc_declaration:
17399 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (node);
17400 if (origin != NULL)
17401 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die, origin);
17404 tree type = TREE_TYPE (node);
17406 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die, node);
17407 if (decl_by_reference_p (node))
17408 add_type_attribute (parm_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0,
17411 add_type_attribute (parm_die, type,
17412 TREE_READONLY (node),
17413 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node),
17415 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node))
17416 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
17419 if (node && node != origin)
17420 equate_decl_number_to_die (node, parm_die);
17421 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node_or_origin))
17422 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die, node_or_origin,
17428 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
17429 add_type_attribute (parm_die, node_or_origin, 0, 0, context_die);
17433 gcc_unreachable ();
17439 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack. Also generate
17440 children DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs representing the arguments of the
17443 PARM_PACK must be a function parameter pack.
17444 PACK_ARG is the first argument of the parameter pack. Its TREE_CHAIN
17445 must point to the subsequent arguments of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
17446 SUBR_DIE is the DIE of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
17447 If NEXT_ARG is non NULL, *NEXT_ARG is set to the function argument
17448 following the last one for which a DIE was generated. */
17451 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack,
17453 dw_die_ref subr_die,
17457 dw_die_ref parm_pack_die;
17459 gcc_assert (parm_pack
17460 && lang_hooks.function_parameter_pack_p (parm_pack)
17463 parm_pack_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack, subr_die, parm_pack);
17464 add_src_coords_attributes (parm_pack_die, parm_pack);
17466 for (arg = pack_arg; arg; arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg))
17468 if (! lang_hooks.decls.function_parm_expanded_from_pack_p (arg,
17471 gen_formal_parameter_die (arg, NULL,
17472 false /* Don't emit name attribute. */,
17477 return parm_pack_die;
17480 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
17481 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
17484 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
17486 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters, context_die, decl_or_type);
17489 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
17490 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
17491 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
17492 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
17495 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
17498 tree formal_type = NULL;
17499 tree first_parm_type;
17502 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == FUNCTION_DECL)
17504 arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type);
17505 function_or_method_type = TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type);
17510 first_parm_type = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
17512 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
17513 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
17514 for (link = first_parm_type; link; )
17516 dw_die_ref parm_die;
17518 formal_type = TREE_VALUE (link);
17519 if (formal_type == void_type_node)
17522 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
17523 parm_die = gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type, NULL,
17524 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
17526 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == METHOD_TYPE
17527 && link == first_parm_type)
17528 || (arg && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg)))
17529 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
17531 link = TREE_CHAIN (link);
17533 arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg);
17536 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
17537 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
17538 if (formal_type != void_type_node)
17539 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type, context_die);
17541 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
17542 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
17543 for (link = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
17544 link && TREE_VALUE (link);
17545 link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
17546 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link), context_die);
17549 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
17550 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
17551 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
17552 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
17553 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
17556 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type, tree member, dw_die_ref context_die)
17558 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
17560 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
17561 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
17562 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
17563 && TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))
17564 && ! lookup_decl_die (member))
17566 dw_die_ref type_die;
17567 gcc_assert (!decl_ultimate_origin (member));
17569 push_decl_scope (type);
17570 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
17571 if (TREE_CODE (member) == FUNCTION_DECL)
17572 gen_subprogram_die (member, type_die);
17573 else if (TREE_CODE (member) == FIELD_DECL)
17575 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle
17576 C++ anonymous unions and structs. */
17577 if (DECL_NAME (member) != NULL_TREE
17578 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == UNION_TYPE
17579 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == RECORD_TYPE)
17581 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (member), type_die);
17582 gen_field_die (member, type_die);
17586 gen_variable_die (member, NULL_TREE, type_die);
17592 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
17593 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
17596 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl)
17598 dw_die_ref old_die;
17602 htab_t old_decl_loc_table;
17604 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
17605 decl = DECL_ORIGIN (decl);
17607 old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
17608 if (old_die && get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
17609 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
17612 /* We can be called while recursively when seeing block defining inlined subroutine
17613 DIE. Be sure to not clobber the outer location table nor use it or we would
17614 get locations in abstract instantces. */
17615 old_decl_loc_table = decl_loc_table;
17616 decl_loc_table = NULL;
17618 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
17619 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
17620 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
17622 context = decl_class_context (decl);
17624 gen_type_die_for_member
17625 (context, decl, decl_function_context (decl) ? NULL : comp_unit_die);
17628 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
17629 save_fn = current_function_decl;
17630 current_function_decl = decl;
17631 push_cfun (DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (decl));
17633 was_abstract = DECL_ABSTRACT (decl);
17634 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 1);
17635 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
17636 if (! was_abstract)
17637 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 0);
17639 current_function_decl = save_fn;
17640 decl_loc_table = old_decl_loc_table;
17644 /* Helper function of premark_used_types() which gets called through
17647 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
17648 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. */
17651 premark_used_types_helper (void **slot, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
17656 type = (tree) *slot;
17657 die = lookup_type_die (type);
17659 die->die_perennial_p = 1;
17663 /* Helper function of premark_types_used_by_global_vars which gets called
17664 through htab_traverse.
17666 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
17667 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. The DIE of the type is marked
17668 only if the global variable using the type will actually be emitted. */
17671 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper (void **slot,
17672 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
17674 struct types_used_by_vars_entry *entry;
17677 entry = (struct types_used_by_vars_entry *) *slot;
17678 gcc_assert (entry->type != NULL
17679 && entry->var_decl != NULL);
17680 die = lookup_type_die (entry->type);
17683 /* Ask cgraph if the global variable really is to be emitted.
17684 If yes, then we'll keep the DIE of ENTRY->TYPE. */
17685 struct varpool_node *node = varpool_node (entry->var_decl);
17688 die->die_perennial_p = 1;
17689 /* Keep the parent DIEs as well. */
17690 while ((die = die->die_parent) && die->die_perennial_p == 0)
17691 die->die_perennial_p = 1;
17697 /* Mark all members of used_types_hash as perennial. */
17700 premark_used_types (void)
17702 if (cfun && cfun->used_types_hash)
17703 htab_traverse (cfun->used_types_hash, premark_used_types_helper, NULL);
17706 /* Mark all members of types_used_by_vars_entry as perennial. */
17709 premark_types_used_by_global_vars (void)
17711 if (types_used_by_vars_hash)
17712 htab_traverse (types_used_by_vars_hash,
17713 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper, NULL);
17716 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
17720 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
17722 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
17723 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
17724 dw_die_ref subr_die;
17727 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
17728 int declaration = (current_function_decl != decl
17729 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
17731 premark_used_types ();
17733 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
17734 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
17735 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
17736 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
17737 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
17739 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
17740 if (origin && declaration && class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die))
17743 gcc_assert (!old_die);
17746 /* Now that the C++ front end lazily declares artificial member fns, we
17747 might need to retrofit the declaration into its class. */
17748 if (!declaration && !origin && !old_die
17749 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) && TYPE_P (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
17750 && !class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
17751 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
17752 old_die = force_decl_die (decl);
17754 if (origin != NULL)
17756 gcc_assert (!declaration || local_scope_p (context_die));
17758 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
17759 inline function. */
17760 if (old_die && old_die->die_parent == NULL)
17761 add_child_die (context_die, old_die);
17763 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
17764 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, origin);
17768 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
17769 struct dwarf_file_data * file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
17771 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration)
17772 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
17773 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
17774 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
17775 && !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
17777 /* Detect and ignore this case, where we are trying to output
17778 something we have already output. */
17782 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
17783 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
17784 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
17785 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
17786 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
17787 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
17788 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
17789 if ((old_die->die_parent == comp_unit_die || context_die == NULL)
17790 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
17791 || (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) == file_index
17792 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
17793 == (unsigned) s.line))))
17795 subr_die = old_die;
17797 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters.
17798 Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this
17799 declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such
17800 cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module)
17801 is one of the children that we do not want to remove. */
17802 remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration);
17803 remove_child_TAG (subr_die, DW_TAG_formal_parameter);
17807 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
17808 add_AT_specification (subr_die, old_die);
17809 if (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
17810 add_AT_file (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
17811 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line) != (unsigned) s.line)
17812 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
17817 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
17819 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
17820 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
17822 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die, decl);
17823 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
17825 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl));
17826 add_type_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
17827 0, 0, context_die);
17830 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die, decl);
17831 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
17832 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
17834 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
17835 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
17836 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
17837 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
17842 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
17844 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
17846 /* If this is an explicit function declaration then generate
17847 a DW_AT_explicit attribute. */
17848 if (lang_hooks.decls.function_decl_explicit_p (decl)
17849 && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
17850 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_explicit, 1);
17852 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
17853 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
17854 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
17855 handled above. The two may come from the same source text.
17857 Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is
17858 later reused to represent definition. */
17859 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
17862 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
17864 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl))
17866 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
17867 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_inlined);
17869 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined);
17873 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
17874 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_inlined);
17876 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_not_inlined);
17879 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl)
17880 && lookup_attribute ("artificial", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
17881 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
17883 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
17885 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
17887 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_fb_offset;
17889 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
17890 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
17892 if (!flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
17894 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
17895 current_function_funcdef_no);
17896 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label_id);
17897 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
17898 current_function_funcdef_no);
17899 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label_id);
17901 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
17902 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
17905 { /* Do nothing for now; maybe need to duplicate die, one for
17906 hot section and one for cold section, then use the hot/cold
17907 section begin/end labels to generate the aranges... */
17909 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, hot_section_label);
17910 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, hot_section_end_label);
17911 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_lo_user, unlikely_section_label);
17912 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_hi_user, cold_section_end_label);
17914 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
17915 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
17916 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
17920 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17921 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
17922 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_fde, current_funcdef_fde);
17925 cfa_fb_offset = CFA_FRAME_BASE_OFFSET (decl);
17927 /* We define the "frame base" as the function's CFA. This is more
17928 convenient for several reasons: (1) It's stable across the prologue
17929 and epilogue, which makes it better than just a frame pointer,
17930 (2) With dwarf3, there exists a one-byte encoding that allows us
17931 to reference the .debug_frame data by proxy, but failing that,
17932 (3) We can at least reuse the code inspection and interpretation
17933 code that determines the CFA position at various points in the
17935 if (dwarf_version >= 3)
17937 dw_loc_descr_ref op = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_call_frame_cfa, 0, 0);
17938 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, op);
17942 dw_loc_list_ref list = convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (cfa_fb_offset);
17943 if (list->dw_loc_next)
17944 add_AT_loc_list (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list);
17946 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list->expr);
17949 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to
17950 the CFA. The former is what all stack slots and argument slots
17951 will reference in the rtl; the later is what we've told the
17952 debugger about. We'll need to adjust all frame_base references
17953 by this displacement. */
17954 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (cfa_fb_offset);
17956 if (cfun->static_chain_decl)
17957 add_AT_location_description (subr_die, DW_AT_static_link,
17958 loc_list_from_tree (cfun->static_chain_decl, 2));
17961 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
17962 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
17963 gen_generic_params_dies (decl);
17965 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
17966 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
17967 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
17968 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
17969 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
17970 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
17971 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
17972 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
17973 an ellipsis at the end. */
17975 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
17976 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
17977 its formal parameters. */
17978 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
17980 else if (declaration)
17981 gen_formal_types_die (decl, subr_die);
17984 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
17985 tree parm = DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl);
17986 tree generic_decl = lang_hooks.decls.get_generic_function_decl (decl);
17987 tree generic_decl_parm = generic_decl
17988 ? DECL_ARGUMENTS (generic_decl)
17991 /* Now we want to walk the list of parameters of the function and
17992 emit their relevant DIEs.
17994 We consider the case of DECL being an instance of a generic function
17995 as well as it being a normal function.
17997 If DECL is an instance of a generic function we walk the
17998 parameters of the generic function declaration _and_ the parameters of
17999 DECL itself. This is useful because we want to emit specific DIEs for
18000 function parameter packs and those are declared as part of the
18001 generic function declaration. In that particular case,
18002 the parameter pack yields a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE.
18003 That DIE has children DIEs representing the set of arguments
18004 of the pack. Note that the set of pack arguments can be empty.
18005 In that case, the DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE will not have any
18008 Otherwise, we just consider the parameters of DECL. */
18009 while (generic_decl_parm || parm)
18011 if (generic_decl_parm
18012 && lang_hooks.function_parameter_pack_p (generic_decl_parm))
18013 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (generic_decl_parm,
18018 gen_decl_die (parm, NULL, subr_die);
18019 parm = TREE_CHAIN (parm);
18022 if (generic_decl_parm)
18023 generic_decl_parm = TREE_CHAIN (generic_decl_parm);
18026 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
18027 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
18028 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
18029 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
18030 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
18031 parameters at all. */
18032 fn_arg_types = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl));
18033 if (fn_arg_types != NULL)
18035 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
18036 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types)) != void_type_node)
18037 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
18039 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
18040 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
18043 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
18044 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
18045 outer_scope = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
18047 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
18048 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
18049 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
18050 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
18051 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
18052 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
18053 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
18055 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
18056 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
18057 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
18058 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
18059 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
18060 constructor function. */
18061 if (! declaration && TREE_CODE (outer_scope) != ERROR_MARK)
18063 /* Emit a DW_TAG_variable DIE for a named return value. */
18064 if (DECL_NAME (DECL_RESULT (decl)))
18065 gen_decl_die (DECL_RESULT (decl), NULL, subr_die);
18067 current_function_has_inlines = 0;
18068 decls_for_scope (outer_scope, subr_die, 0);
18070 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
18071 if (current_function_has_inlines)
18073 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
18074 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines)
18076 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
18077 comp_unit_has_inlines = 1;
18082 /* Add the calling convention attribute if requested. */
18083 add_calling_convention_attribute (subr_die, decl);
18087 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
18090 common_block_die_table_hash (const void *x)
18092 const_dw_die_ref d = (const_dw_die_ref) x;
18093 return (hashval_t) d->decl_id ^ htab_hash_pointer (d->die_parent);
18096 /* Return nonzero if decl_id and die_parent of die_struct X is the same
18097 as decl_id and die_parent of die_struct Y. */
18100 common_block_die_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
18102 const_dw_die_ref d = (const_dw_die_ref) x;
18103 const_dw_die_ref e = (const_dw_die_ref) y;
18104 return d->decl_id == e->decl_id && d->die_parent == e->die_parent;
18107 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object.
18108 Either DECL or ORIGIN must be non-null. */
18111 gen_variable_die (tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die)
18115 tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin;
18116 dw_die_ref var_die;
18117 dw_die_ref old_die = decl ? lookup_decl_die (decl) : NULL;
18118 dw_die_ref origin_die;
18119 int declaration = (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl_or_origin)
18120 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
18123 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
18125 com_decl = fortran_common (decl_or_origin, &off);
18127 /* Symbol in common gets emitted as a child of the common block, in the form
18128 of a data member. */
18131 dw_die_ref com_die;
18132 dw_loc_list_ref loc;
18133 die_node com_die_arg;
18135 var_die = lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin);
18138 if (get_AT (var_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL)
18140 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, off ? 1 : 2);
18145 /* Optimize the common case. */
18146 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc)
18147 && loc->expr->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr
18148 && loc->expr->dw_loc_next == NULL
18149 && GET_CODE (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr)
18151 loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr
18152 = plus_constant (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, off);
18154 loc_list_plus_const (loc, off);
18156 add_AT_location_description (var_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
18157 remove_AT (var_die, DW_AT_declaration);
18163 if (common_block_die_table == NULL)
18164 common_block_die_table
18165 = htab_create_ggc (10, common_block_die_table_hash,
18166 common_block_die_table_eq, NULL);
18168 com_die_arg.decl_id = DECL_UID (com_decl);
18169 com_die_arg.die_parent = context_die;
18170 com_die = (dw_die_ref) htab_find (common_block_die_table, &com_die_arg);
18171 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2);
18172 if (com_die == NULL)
18175 = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (com_decl));
18178 com_die = new_die (DW_TAG_common_block, context_die, decl);
18179 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (com_die, com_decl);
18182 add_AT_location_description (com_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
18183 /* Avoid sharing the same loc descriptor between
18184 DW_TAG_common_block and DW_TAG_variable. */
18185 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2);
18187 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
18188 add_AT_flag (com_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18189 add_pubname_string (cnam, com_die); /* ??? needed? */
18190 com_die->decl_id = DECL_UID (com_decl);
18191 slot = htab_find_slot (common_block_die_table, com_die, INSERT);
18192 *slot = (void *) com_die;
18194 else if (get_AT (com_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL && loc)
18196 add_AT_location_description (com_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
18197 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2);
18198 remove_AT (com_die, DW_AT_declaration);
18200 var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, com_die, decl);
18201 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
18202 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (decl), TREE_READONLY (decl),
18203 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
18204 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
18209 /* Optimize the common case. */
18210 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc)
18211 && loc->expr->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr
18212 && loc->expr->dw_loc_next == NULL
18213 && GET_CODE (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr) == SYMBOL_REF)
18214 loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr
18215 = plus_constant (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, off);
18217 loc_list_plus_const (loc, off);
18219 add_AT_location_description (var_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
18221 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
18222 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18223 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
18227 /* If the compiler emitted a definition for the DECL declaration
18228 and if we already emitted a DIE for it, don't emit a second
18229 DIE for it again. */
18234 /* For static data members, the declaration in the class is supposed
18235 to have DW_TAG_member tag; the specification should still be
18236 DW_TAG_variable referencing the DW_TAG_member DIE. */
18237 if (declaration && class_scope_p (context_die))
18238 var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
18240 var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, context_die, decl);
18243 if (origin != NULL)
18244 origin_die = add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die, origin);
18246 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
18247 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
18249 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
18250 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
18253 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges.
18255 ??? The declare_in_namespace support causes us to get two DIEs for one
18256 variable, both of which are declarations. We want to avoid considering
18257 one to be a specification, so we must test that this DIE is not a
18259 else if (old_die && TREE_STATIC (decl) && ! declaration
18260 && get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration) == 1)
18262 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
18263 add_AT_specification (var_die, old_die);
18264 if (DECL_NAME (decl))
18266 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
18267 struct dwarf_file_data * file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
18269 if (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
18270 add_AT_file (var_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
18272 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line) != (unsigned) s.line)
18273 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
18278 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
18280 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
18281 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl))
18282 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
18284 add_type_attribute (var_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
18285 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
18287 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
18288 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
18290 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
18291 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18293 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
18294 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
18295 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
18296 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
18300 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18302 if (decl && (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) || declaration))
18303 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
18306 && (! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl_or_origin)
18307 /* Local static vars are shared between all clones/inlines,
18308 so emit DW_AT_location on the abstract DIE if DECL_RTL is
18310 || (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == VAR_DECL
18311 && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin)
18312 && DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl_or_origin)))
18313 /* When abstract origin already has DW_AT_location attribute, no need
18314 to add it again. */
18315 && (origin_die == NULL || get_AT (origin_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL))
18317 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == VAR_DECL && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin)
18318 && !TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl_or_origin)))
18319 defer_location (decl_or_origin, var_die);
18321 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die,
18324 add_pubname (decl_or_origin, var_die);
18327 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (var_die, decl_or_origin);
18330 /* Generate a DIE to represent a named constant. */
18333 gen_const_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18335 dw_die_ref const_die;
18336 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
18338 const_die = new_die (DW_TAG_constant, context_die, decl);
18339 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (const_die, decl);
18340 add_type_attribute (const_die, type, 1, 0, context_die);
18341 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
18342 add_AT_flag (const_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
18343 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
18344 add_AT_flag (const_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18345 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (const_die, decl);
18348 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
18351 gen_label_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18353 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
18354 dw_die_ref lbl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_label, context_die, decl);
18356 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
18358 if (origin != NULL)
18359 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die, origin);
18361 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die, decl);
18363 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
18364 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, lbl_die);
18367 insn = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
18369 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
18370 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
18371 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
18375 && NOTE_KIND (insn) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL))))
18377 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
18378 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
18379 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
18380 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
18381 it if it ever does happen. */
18382 gcc_assert (!INSN_DELETED_P (insn));
18384 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn));
18385 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
18390 /* A helper function for gen_inlined_subroutine_die. Add source coordinate
18391 attributes to the DIE for a block STMT, to describe where the inlined
18392 function was called from. This is similar to add_src_coords_attributes. */
18395 add_call_src_coords_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
18397 expanded_location s = expand_location (BLOCK_SOURCE_LOCATION (stmt));
18399 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
18401 add_AT_file (die, DW_AT_call_file, lookup_filename (s.file));
18402 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_call_line, s.line);
18407 /* A helper function for gen_lexical_block_die and gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
18408 Add low_pc and high_pc attributes to the DIE for a block STMT. */
18411 add_high_low_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
18413 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
18415 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt)
18416 && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
18420 if (inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt))
18422 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
18423 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
18424 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_entry_pc, label);
18427 add_AT_range_list (die, DW_AT_ranges, add_ranges (stmt));
18429 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt);
18432 add_ranges (chain);
18433 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain);
18440 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
18441 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
18442 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
18443 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
18444 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
18445 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
18449 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
18452 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
18454 dw_die_ref stmt_die = new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block, context_die, stmt);
18456 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt) && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt))
18457 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, stmt_die);
18459 decls_for_scope (stmt, stmt_die, depth);
18462 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
18465 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
18469 /* The instance of function that is effectively being inlined shall not
18471 gcc_assert (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt));
18473 decl = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
18475 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
18476 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
18477 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
18478 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
18479 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
18481 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
18483 dw_die_ref subr_die
18484 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine, context_die, stmt);
18486 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, decl);
18487 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt))
18488 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
18489 add_call_src_coords_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
18491 decls_for_scope (stmt, subr_die, depth);
18492 current_function_has_inlines = 1;
18496 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
18499 gen_field_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18501 dw_die_ref decl_die;
18503 if (TREE_TYPE (decl) == error_mark_node)
18506 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
18507 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
18508 add_type_attribute (decl_die, member_declared_type (decl),
18509 TREE_READONLY (decl), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl),
18512 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
18514 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
18515 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
18516 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die, decl);
18519 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl)) != UNION_TYPE)
18520 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die, decl);
18522 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
18523 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18525 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
18526 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
18527 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
18528 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
18530 /* Equate decl number to die, so that we can look up this decl later on. */
18531 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
18535 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
18536 Use modified_type_die instead.
18537 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
18538 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
18541 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18544 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
18546 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
18547 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
18548 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
18551 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
18552 Use modified_type_die instead.
18553 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
18554 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
18557 gen_reference_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18560 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
18562 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ref_die);
18563 add_type_attribute (ref_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
18564 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
18568 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
18571 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18574 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type,
18575 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
18577 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
18578 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
18579 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type)));
18580 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
18583 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
18586 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename)
18589 char producer[250];
18590 const char *language_string = lang_hooks.name;
18593 die = new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit, NULL, NULL);
18597 add_name_attribute (die, filename);
18598 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
18599 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename) && filename[0] != '<')
18600 add_comp_dir_attribute (die);
18603 sprintf (producer, "%s %s", language_string, version_string);
18605 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
18606 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
18607 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
18608 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
18609 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
18610 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
18611 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
18612 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
18613 strcat (producer, " -g");
18616 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_producer, producer);
18618 language = DW_LANG_C89;
18619 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU C++") == 0)
18620 language = DW_LANG_C_plus_plus;
18621 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F77") == 0)
18622 language = DW_LANG_Fortran77;
18623 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
18624 language = DW_LANG_Pascal83;
18625 else if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
18627 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Ada") == 0)
18628 language = DW_LANG_Ada95;
18629 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Fortran") == 0)
18630 language = DW_LANG_Fortran95;
18631 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Java") == 0)
18632 language = DW_LANG_Java;
18633 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Objective-C") == 0)
18634 language = DW_LANG_ObjC;
18635 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Objective-C++") == 0)
18636 language = DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus;
18639 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_language, language);
18643 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
18646 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo, tree access, dw_die_ref context_die)
18648 dw_die_ref die = new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance, context_die, binfo);
18650 add_type_attribute (die, BINFO_TYPE (binfo), 0, 0, context_die);
18651 add_data_member_location_attribute (die, binfo);
18653 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (binfo))
18654 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
18656 if (access == access_public_node)
18657 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_public);
18658 else if (access == access_protected_node)
18659 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
18662 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
18665 gen_member_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18668 tree binfo = TYPE_BINFO (type);
18671 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
18672 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
18673 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
18674 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
18675 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
18676 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
18677 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
18678 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
18679 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
18680 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
18681 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
18683 /* First output info about the base classes. */
18686 VEC(tree,gc) *accesses = BINFO_BASE_ACCESSES (binfo);
18690 for (i = 0; BINFO_BASE_ITERATE (binfo, i, base); i++)
18691 gen_inheritance_die (base,
18692 (accesses ? VEC_index (tree, accesses, i)
18693 : access_public_node), context_die);
18696 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
18697 for (member = TYPE_FIELDS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
18699 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
18700 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
18701 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
18702 do put them in the right order. */
18704 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
18706 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
18708 gen_decl_die (member, NULL, context_die);
18711 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
18712 for (member = TYPE_METHODS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
18714 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
18715 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member))
18718 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
18720 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
18722 gen_decl_die (member, NULL, context_die);
18726 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
18727 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
18728 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
18731 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die,
18732 enum debug_info_usage usage)
18734 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
18735 dw_die_ref scope_die = 0;
18737 int complete = (TYPE_SIZE (type)
18738 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
18739 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))));
18740 int ns_decl = (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace);
18741 complete = complete && should_emit_struct_debug (type, usage);
18743 if (type_die && ! complete)
18746 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
18747 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
18748 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == NAMESPACE_DECL))
18751 scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
18753 if (! type_die || (nested && scope_die == comp_unit_die))
18754 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
18756 dw_die_ref old_die = type_die;
18758 type_die = new_die (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
18759 ? record_type_tag (type) : DW_TAG_union_type,
18761 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
18763 add_AT_specification (type_die, old_die);
18765 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
18768 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
18770 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
18771 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
18772 && COMPLETE_TYPE_P (type))
18773 gen_generic_params_dies (type);
18775 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
18776 then give a list of members. */
18777 if (complete && !ns_decl)
18779 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
18780 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
18781 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
18782 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
18783 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
18784 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
18786 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
18787 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
18788 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
18789 add_child_die (scope_die, type_die);
18791 push_decl_scope (type);
18792 gen_member_die (type, type_die);
18795 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
18796 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type))
18798 tree vtype = DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type));
18800 gen_type_die (vtype, context_die);
18801 add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
18802 lookup_type_die (vtype));
18807 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18809 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
18810 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
18811 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)))
18812 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, incomplete_types, type);
18815 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
18816 add_pubtype (type, type_die);
18819 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
18822 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18824 tree return_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
18825 dw_die_ref subr_die
18826 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type,
18827 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
18829 equate_type_number_to_die (type, subr_die);
18830 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, type);
18831 add_type_attribute (subr_die, return_type, 0, 0, context_die);
18832 gen_formal_types_die (type, subr_die);
18834 if (get_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_name))
18835 add_pubtype (type, subr_die);
18838 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
18841 gen_typedef_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18843 dw_die_ref type_die;
18846 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
18849 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
18850 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_typedef, context_die, decl);
18851 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
18852 if (origin != NULL)
18853 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, origin);
18858 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die, decl);
18859 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl))
18861 type = DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl);
18863 gcc_assert (type != TREE_TYPE (decl));
18864 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), type_die);
18867 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
18869 add_type_attribute (type_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
18870 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
18873 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
18874 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, type_die);
18876 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
18877 add_pubtype (decl, type_die);
18880 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
18883 gen_type_die_with_usage (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die,
18884 enum debug_info_usage usage)
18887 struct array_descr_info info;
18889 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
18892 /* If TYPE is a typedef type variant, let's generate debug info
18893 for the parent typedef which TYPE is a type of. */
18894 if (TYPE_NAME (type) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
18895 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)))
18897 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
18900 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
18901 gcc_assert (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)) != type);
18903 /* Use the DIE of the containing namespace as the parent DIE of
18904 the type description DIE we want to generate. */
18905 if (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type))
18906 && TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type))) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
18907 context_die = get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type)));
18909 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
18910 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type), NULL, context_die);
18914 /* If this is an array type with hidden descriptor, handle it first. */
18915 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type)
18916 && lang_hooks.types.get_array_descr_info
18917 && lang_hooks.types.get_array_descr_info (type, &info)
18918 && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
18920 gen_descr_array_type_die (type, &info, context_die);
18921 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
18925 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
18926 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
18927 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
18928 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
18929 cloned type itself). */
18930 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
18931 type = type_main_variant (type);
18933 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
18936 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
18942 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
18943 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
18944 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
18945 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
18946 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
18948 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
18950 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
18951 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
18952 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
18953 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
18957 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
18958 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
18959 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type), context_die,
18960 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
18962 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
18963 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
18964 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
18966 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
18968 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die);
18971 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
18972 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
18973 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
18974 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
18975 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
18979 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
18980 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
18981 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
18982 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
18986 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
18990 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
18993 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
18996 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
18997 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
18998 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
18999 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
19000 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
19001 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
19002 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
19003 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
19004 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
19005 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
19007 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_CONTEXT (type), context_die, usage);
19009 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
19012 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
19013 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
19014 context_die = lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
19017 else if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
19018 && (TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == FUNCTION_DECL))
19020 /* If this type is local to a function that hasn't been written
19021 out yet, use a NULL context for now; it will be fixed up in
19022 decls_for_scope. */
19023 context_die = lookup_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
19028 context_die = declare_in_namespace (type, context_die);
19032 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
19034 /* This might have been written out by the call to
19035 declare_in_namespace. */
19036 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
19037 gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
19040 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die, usage);
19045 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
19046 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
19047 when appropriate. */
19053 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
19056 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
19060 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
19064 gcc_unreachable ();
19067 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
19071 gen_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
19073 gen_type_die_with_usage (type, context_die, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
19076 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
19077 things which are local to the given block. */
19080 gen_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
19082 int must_output_die = 0;
19085 /* Ignore blocks that are NULL. */
19086 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
19089 inlined_func = inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt);
19091 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
19092 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
19093 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
19094 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt))
19098 for (sub = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt); sub; sub = BLOCK_CHAIN (sub))
19099 gen_block_die (sub, context_die, depth + 1);
19104 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
19107 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
19108 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
19109 must_output_die = 1;
19112 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
19113 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
19114 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19115 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
19116 as being a "significant" one. */
19117 must_output_die = ((BLOCK_VARS (stmt) != NULL
19118 || BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt))
19119 && (TREE_USED (stmt)
19120 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt)
19121 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt)));
19122 else if ((TREE_USED (stmt)
19123 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt)
19124 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
19125 && !dwarf2out_ignore_block (stmt))
19126 must_output_die = 1;
19129 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
19130 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
19131 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
19132 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
19133 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
19134 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
19135 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
19136 if (must_output_die)
19140 /* If STMT block is abstract, that means we have been called
19141 indirectly from dwarf2out_abstract_function.
19142 That function rightfully marks the descendent blocks (of
19143 the abstract function it is dealing with) as being abstract,
19144 precisely to prevent us from emitting any
19145 DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE as a descendent
19146 of an abstract function instance. So in that case, we should
19147 not call gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
19149 Later though, when cgraph asks dwarf2out to emit info
19150 for the concrete instance of the function decl into which
19151 the concrete instance of STMT got inlined, the later will lead
19152 to the generation of a DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE. */
19153 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
19154 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
19157 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
19160 decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth);
19163 /* Process variable DECL (or variable with origin ORIGIN) within
19164 block STMT and add it to CONTEXT_DIE. */
19166 process_scope_var (tree stmt, tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die)
19169 tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin;
19170 tree ultimate_origin = origin ? decl_ultimate_origin (origin) : NULL;
19172 if (ultimate_origin)
19173 origin = ultimate_origin;
19175 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == FUNCTION_DECL)
19176 die = lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin);
19177 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == TYPE_DECL
19178 && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl_or_origin))
19179 die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin));
19183 if (die != NULL && die->die_parent == NULL)
19184 add_child_die (context_die, die);
19185 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == IMPORTED_DECL)
19186 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl_or_origin, DECL_NAME (decl_or_origin),
19187 stmt, context_die);
19189 gen_decl_die (decl, origin, context_die);
19192 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
19193 all of its sub-blocks. */
19196 decls_for_scope (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
19202 /* Ignore NULL blocks. */
19203 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
19206 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
19207 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
19208 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
19209 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
19210 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt); decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
19211 process_scope_var (stmt, decl, NULL_TREE, context_die);
19212 for (i = 0; i < BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt); i++)
19213 process_scope_var (stmt, NULL, BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (stmt, i),
19216 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
19217 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19220 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
19221 therein) of this block. */
19222 for (subblocks = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt);
19224 subblocks = BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks))
19225 gen_block_die (subblocks, context_die, depth + 1);
19228 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
19231 is_redundant_typedef (const_tree decl)
19233 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
19236 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
19237 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl)
19238 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
19239 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))) == TYPE_DECL
19240 && DECL_NAME (decl) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))))
19241 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
19247 /* Returns the DIE for a context. */
19249 static inline dw_die_ref
19250 get_context_die (tree context)
19254 /* Find die that represents this context. */
19255 if (TYPE_P (context))
19256 return force_type_die (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (context));
19258 return force_decl_die (context);
19260 return comp_unit_die;
19263 /* Returns the DIE for decl. A DIE will always be returned. */
19266 force_decl_die (tree decl)
19268 dw_die_ref decl_die;
19269 unsigned saved_external_flag;
19270 tree save_fn = NULL_TREE;
19271 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
19274 dw_die_ref context_die = get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
19276 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
19280 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
19282 case FUNCTION_DECL:
19283 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
19284 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
19285 declaration die. */
19286 save_fn = current_function_decl;
19287 current_function_decl = NULL_TREE;
19288 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
19289 current_function_decl = save_fn;
19293 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
19294 gen_decl_die() call. */
19295 saved_external_flag = DECL_EXTERNAL (decl);
19296 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 1;
19297 gen_decl_die (decl, NULL, context_die);
19298 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = saved_external_flag;
19301 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
19302 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
19303 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
19305 /* DWARF2 has neither DW_TAG_module, nor DW_TAG_namespace. */
19306 decl_die = comp_unit_die;
19310 gcc_unreachable ();
19313 /* We should be able to find the DIE now. */
19315 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
19316 gcc_assert (decl_die);
19322 /* Returns the DIE for TYPE, that must not be a base type. A DIE is
19323 always returned. */
19326 force_type_die (tree type)
19328 dw_die_ref type_die;
19330 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
19333 dw_die_ref context_die = get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
19335 type_die = modified_type_die (type, TYPE_READONLY (type),
19336 TYPE_VOLATILE (type), context_die);
19337 gcc_assert (type_die);
19342 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
19343 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
19346 setup_namespace_context (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
19348 tree context = (DECL_P (thing)
19349 ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing));
19350 if (context && TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
19351 /* Force out the namespace. */
19352 context_die = force_decl_die (context);
19354 return context_die;
19357 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
19358 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
19360 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
19361 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
19364 declare_in_namespace (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
19366 dw_die_ref ns_context;
19368 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19369 return context_die;
19371 /* If this decl is from an inlined function, then don't try to emit it in its
19372 namespace, as we will get confused. It would have already been emitted
19373 when the abstract instance of the inline function was emitted anyways. */
19374 if (DECL_P (thing) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (thing))
19375 return context_die;
19377 ns_context = setup_namespace_context (thing, context_die);
19379 if (ns_context != context_die)
19383 if (DECL_P (thing))
19384 gen_decl_die (thing, NULL, ns_context);
19386 gen_type_die (thing, ns_context);
19388 return context_die;
19391 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
19394 gen_namespace_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
19396 dw_die_ref namespace_die;
19398 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
19399 they are an alias of. */
19400 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == NULL)
19402 /* Output a real namespace or module. */
19403 context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die);
19404 namespace_die = new_die (is_fortran ()
19405 ? DW_TAG_module : DW_TAG_namespace,
19406 context_die, decl);
19407 /* For Fortran modules defined in different CU don't add src coords. */
19408 if (namespace_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_module && DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
19410 const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 0);
19412 add_name_attribute (namespace_die, name);
19415 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
19416 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
19417 add_AT_flag (namespace_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
19418 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
19422 /* Output a namespace alias. */
19424 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
19425 dw_die_ref origin_die
19426 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
19428 if (DECL_CONTEXT (decl) == NULL_TREE
19429 || TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (decl)) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
19430 context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die);
19431 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
19432 namespace_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, context_die, decl);
19433 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
19434 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die, DW_AT_import, origin_die);
19435 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
19439 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
19442 gen_decl_die (tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die)
19444 tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin;
19445 tree class_origin = NULL;
19447 if (DECL_P (decl_or_origin) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl_or_origin))
19450 switch (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin))
19456 if (!is_fortran ())
19458 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
19459 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
19463 /* Emit its type. */
19464 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
19466 /* And its containing namespace. */
19467 context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
19469 gen_const_die (decl, context_die);
19472 case FUNCTION_DECL:
19473 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
19474 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
19475 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl_or_origin) == NULL_TREE
19476 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl_or_origin) == NULL_TREE
19477 && (current_function_decl == NULL_TREE
19478 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl_or_origin)))
19483 /* This doesn't work because the C frontend sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
19484 on local redeclarations of global functions. That seems broken. */
19485 if (current_function_decl != decl)
19486 /* This is only a declaration. */;
19489 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
19490 if (origin || DECL_ORIGIN (decl) != decl)
19491 dwarf2out_abstract_function (origin ? origin : DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
19493 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
19494 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
19495 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl)
19496 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
19497 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
19498 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
19499 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
19500 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
19501 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != NULL_TREE)
19503 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
19504 set_decl_origin_self (decl);
19507 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
19508 else if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19510 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
19511 have described its return type. */
19512 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), context_die);
19514 /* And its virtual context. */
19515 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl) != NULL_TREE)
19516 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl), context_die);
19518 /* And its containing type. */
19520 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
19521 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
19522 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
19524 /* And its containing namespace. */
19525 context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
19528 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
19530 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
19534 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
19535 actual typedefs. */
19536 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19539 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
19540 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
19541 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
19542 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
19543 used to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
19544 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. But nothing
19545 should be actually referencing those DIEs, as variable DIEs with that
19546 type would be emitted already in the abstract origin, so it was always
19547 removed during unused type prunning. Don't add anything in this
19549 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl) != NULL_TREE)
19552 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl))
19553 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
19555 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
19556 gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die);
19560 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
19561 gen_label_die (decl, context_die);
19566 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
19567 variable declarations or definitions. */
19568 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19571 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
19573 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl_or_origin))
19574 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin)), context_die);
19576 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin), context_die);
19578 /* And its containing type. */
19579 class_origin = decl_class_context (decl_or_origin);
19580 if (class_origin != NULL_TREE)
19581 gen_type_die_for_member (class_origin, decl_or_origin, context_die);
19583 /* And its containing namespace. */
19584 context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl_or_origin, context_die);
19586 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
19587 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
19588 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
19591 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
19592 if (origin != NULL_TREE && TREE_CODE (origin) == PARM_DECL)
19593 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, origin,
19594 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
19597 gen_variable_die (decl, origin, context_die);
19601 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
19602 anonymous unions and structs. */
19603 if (DECL_NAME (decl) != NULL_TREE
19604 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == UNION_TYPE
19605 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == RECORD_TYPE)
19607 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl), context_die);
19608 gen_field_die (decl, context_die);
19613 if (DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl_or_origin))
19614 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin)), context_die);
19616 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin), context_die);
19617 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, origin,
19618 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
19622 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
19623 case IMPORTED_DECL:
19624 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
19625 gen_namespace_die (decl, context_die);
19629 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
19630 gcc_assert ((int)TREE_CODE (decl) > NUM_TREE_CODES);
19635 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
19636 compilation proper has finished. */
19639 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl)
19641 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
19642 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which
19643 had no corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations
19644 and definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
19645 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || !DECL_INITIAL (decl))
19646 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
19649 /* Output debug information for type decl DECL. Called from toplev.c
19650 and from language front ends (to record built-in types). */
19652 dwarf2out_type_decl (tree decl, int local)
19655 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
19658 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
19659 NAME is non-NULL name in the lexical block if the decl has been renamed.
19660 LEXICAL_BLOCK is the lexical block (which TREE_CODE is a BLOCK)
19661 that DECL belongs to.
19662 LEXICAL_BLOCK_DIE is the DIE of LEXICAL_BLOCK. */
19664 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree decl,
19666 tree lexical_block,
19667 dw_die_ref lexical_block_die)
19669 expanded_location xloc;
19670 dw_die_ref imported_die = NULL;
19671 dw_die_ref at_import_die;
19673 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == IMPORTED_DECL)
19675 xloc = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
19676 decl = IMPORTED_DECL_ASSOCIATED_DECL (decl);
19680 xloc = expand_location (input_location);
19682 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == CONST_DECL)
19684 if (is_base_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
19685 at_import_die = base_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
19687 at_import_die = force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
19688 /* For namespace N { typedef void T; } using N::T; base_type_die
19689 returns NULL, but DW_TAG_imported_declaration requires
19690 the DW_AT_import tag. Force creation of DW_TAG_typedef. */
19691 if (!at_import_die)
19693 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL);
19694 gen_typedef_die (decl, get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl)));
19695 at_import_die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
19696 gcc_assert (at_import_die);
19701 at_import_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
19702 if (!at_import_die)
19704 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
19705 emitted the member decl for this field. Emit it now. */
19706 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL)
19708 tree type = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
19710 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
19711 && TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
19712 && !should_emit_struct_debug (TYPE_CONTEXT (type),
19713 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
19715 gen_type_die_for_member (type, decl,
19716 get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)));
19718 at_import_die = force_decl_die (decl);
19722 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
19724 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
19725 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module,
19732 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration,
19736 add_AT_file (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_file, lookup_filename (xloc.file));
19737 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_line, xloc.line);
19739 add_AT_string (imported_die, DW_AT_name,
19740 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
19741 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die, DW_AT_import, at_import_die);
19744 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
19745 NAME is non-NULL name in context if the decl has been renamed.
19746 CHILD is true if decl is one of the renamed decls as part of
19747 importing whole module. */
19750 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl, tree name, tree context,
19753 /* dw_die_ref at_import_die; */
19754 dw_die_ref scope_die;
19756 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19761 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
19762 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
19765 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
19766 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
19768 && TYPE_P (context)
19769 && !should_emit_struct_debug (context, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
19772 if (!(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
19775 scope_die = get_context_die (context);
19779 gcc_assert (scope_die->die_child);
19780 gcc_assert (scope_die->die_child->die_tag == DW_TAG_imported_module);
19781 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) != NAMESPACE_DECL);
19782 scope_die = scope_die->die_child;
19785 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
19786 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl, name, context, scope_die);
19790 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
19793 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl)
19795 dw_die_ref context_die = comp_unit_die;
19797 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
19802 case FUNCTION_DECL:
19803 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
19804 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
19805 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
19806 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
19807 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
19808 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
19809 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
19810 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
19811 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
19812 with the definition of the function.
19814 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
19815 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
19816 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
19817 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
19818 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
19819 translation unit (and thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
19820 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
19821 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
19822 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
19823 that they *are* definitions).
19825 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
19826 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
19827 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
19828 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
19829 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
19830 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
19833 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
19834 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
19835 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
19836 if (decl_function_context (decl)
19837 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
19838 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19839 context_die = NULL;
19843 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
19844 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
19845 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
19846 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
19847 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
19848 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
19849 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
19850 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
19851 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && !TREE_USED (decl))
19854 /* For local statics lookup proper context die. */
19855 if (TREE_STATIC (decl) && decl_function_context (decl))
19856 context_die = lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
19858 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
19859 variable declarations or definitions. */
19860 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19865 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19867 if (!is_fortran ())
19869 if (TREE_STATIC (decl) && decl_function_context (decl))
19870 context_die = lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
19873 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
19874 case IMPORTED_DECL:
19875 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19877 if (lookup_decl_die (decl) != NULL)
19882 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
19883 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl))
19886 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
19887 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
19888 if (DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl))
19890 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
19891 comparisons have. */
19893 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
19894 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
19895 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), 0, 0, NULL);
19900 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
19901 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19904 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
19905 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
19906 if (decl_function_context (decl))
19907 context_die = NULL;
19915 gen_decl_die (decl, NULL, context_die);
19918 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
19919 a lexical block. */
19922 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
19923 unsigned int blocknum)
19925 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
19926 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, blocknum);
19929 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
19933 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int blocknum)
19935 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
19936 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_END_LABEL, blocknum);
19939 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
19940 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
19942 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
19943 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
19944 we may end up calling them anyway. */
19947 dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree block)
19952 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (block); decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
19953 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
19954 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
19956 for (i = 0; i < BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (block); i++)
19958 decl = BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (block, i);
19959 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
19960 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
19967 /* Hash table routines for file_hash. */
19970 file_table_eq (const void *p1_p, const void *p2_p)
19972 const struct dwarf_file_data *const p1 =
19973 (const struct dwarf_file_data *) p1_p;
19974 const char *const p2 = (const char *) p2_p;
19975 return strcmp (p1->filename, p2) == 0;
19979 file_table_hash (const void *p_p)
19981 const struct dwarf_file_data *const p = (const struct dwarf_file_data *) p_p;
19982 return htab_hash_string (p->filename);
19985 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
19986 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
19987 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
19988 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
19989 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
19990 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
19991 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
19992 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
19993 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
19996 static struct dwarf_file_data *
19997 lookup_filename (const char *file_name)
20000 struct dwarf_file_data * created;
20002 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
20003 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
20004 if (file_table_last_lookup
20005 && (file_name == file_table_last_lookup->filename
20006 || strcmp (file_table_last_lookup->filename, file_name) == 0))
20007 return file_table_last_lookup;
20009 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table. */
20010 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (file_table, file_name,
20011 htab_hash_string (file_name), INSERT);
20013 return (struct dwarf_file_data *) *slot;
20015 created = GGC_NEW (struct dwarf_file_data);
20016 created->filename = file_name;
20017 created->emitted_number = 0;
20022 /* If the assembler will construct the file table, then translate the compiler
20023 internal file table number into the assembler file table number, and emit
20024 a .file directive if we haven't already emitted one yet. The file table
20025 numbers are different because we prune debug info for unused variables and
20026 types, which may include filenames. */
20029 maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data * fd)
20031 if (! fd->emitted_number)
20033 if (last_emitted_file)
20034 fd->emitted_number = last_emitted_file->emitted_number + 1;
20036 fd->emitted_number = 1;
20037 last_emitted_file = fd;
20039 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
20041 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.file %u ", fd->emitted_number);
20042 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file,
20043 remap_debug_filename (fd->filename));
20044 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
20048 return fd->emitted_number;
20051 /* Schedule generation of a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE.
20052 That generation should happen after function debug info has been
20053 generated. The value of the attribute is the constant value of ARG. */
20056 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref die, tree arg)
20058 die_arg_entry entry;
20063 if (!tmpl_value_parm_die_table)
20064 tmpl_value_parm_die_table
20065 = VEC_alloc (die_arg_entry, gc, 32);
20069 VEC_safe_push (die_arg_entry, gc,
20070 tmpl_value_parm_die_table,
20074 /* Add a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIEs that were scheduled
20075 by append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table. This function must
20076 be called after function DIEs have been generated. */
20079 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void)
20081 if (tmpl_value_parm_die_table)
20087 VEC_iterate (die_arg_entry, tmpl_value_parm_die_table, i, e);
20089 tree_add_const_value_attribute (e->die, e->arg);
20094 /* Replace DW_AT_name for the decl with name. */
20097 dwarf2out_set_name (tree decl, tree name)
20103 die = TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (decl);
20107 dname = dwarf2_name (name, 0);
20111 attr = get_AT (die, DW_AT_name);
20114 struct indirect_string_node *node;
20116 node = find_AT_string (dname);
20117 /* replace the string. */
20118 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
20122 add_name_attribute (die, dname);
20125 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a direct function call.
20126 Make an entry into the direct call table, recording the point of call
20127 and a reference to the target function's debug entry. */
20130 dwarf2out_direct_call (tree targ)
20133 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (targ);
20135 /* If this is a clone, use the abstract origin as the target. */
20139 e.poc_label_num = poc_label_num++;
20140 e.poc_decl = current_function_decl;
20141 e.targ_die = force_decl_die (targ);
20142 VEC_safe_push (dcall_entry, gc, dcall_table, &e);
20144 /* Drop a label at the return point to mark the point of call. */
20145 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LPOC", e.poc_label_num);
20148 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a struct vcall_insn). */
20151 vcall_insn_table_hash (const void *x)
20153 return (hashval_t) ((const struct vcall_insn *) x)->insn_uid;
20156 /* Return nonzero if insn_uid of struct vcall_insn *X is the same as
20157 insnd_uid of *Y. */
20160 vcall_insn_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
20162 return (((const struct vcall_insn *) x)->insn_uid
20163 == ((const struct vcall_insn *) y)->insn_uid);
20166 /* Associate VTABLE_SLOT with INSN_UID in the VCALL_INSN_TABLE. */
20169 store_vcall_insn (unsigned int vtable_slot, int insn_uid)
20171 struct vcall_insn *item = GGC_NEW (struct vcall_insn);
20172 struct vcall_insn **slot;
20175 item->insn_uid = insn_uid;
20176 item->vtable_slot = vtable_slot;
20177 slot = (struct vcall_insn **)
20178 htab_find_slot_with_hash (vcall_insn_table, &item,
20179 (hashval_t) insn_uid, INSERT);
20183 /* Return the VTABLE_SLOT associated with INSN_UID. */
20185 static unsigned int
20186 lookup_vcall_insn (unsigned int insn_uid)
20188 struct vcall_insn item;
20189 struct vcall_insn *p;
20191 item.insn_uid = insn_uid;
20192 item.vtable_slot = 0;
20193 p = (struct vcall_insn *) htab_find_with_hash (vcall_insn_table,
20195 (hashval_t) insn_uid);
20197 return (unsigned int) -1;
20198 return p->vtable_slot;
20202 /* Called when lowering indirect calls to RTL. We make a note of INSN_UID
20203 and the OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN from ADDR. For C++ virtual calls, the token
20204 is the vtable slot index that we will need to put in the virtual call
20208 dwarf2out_virtual_call_token (tree addr, int insn_uid)
20210 if (is_cxx() && TREE_CODE (addr) == OBJ_TYPE_REF)
20212 tree token = OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN (addr);
20213 if (TREE_CODE (token) == INTEGER_CST)
20214 store_vcall_insn (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (token), insn_uid);
20218 /* Called when scheduling RTL, when a CALL_INSN is split. Copies the
20219 OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN previously associated with OLD_INSN and associates it
20223 dwarf2out_copy_call_info (rtx old_insn, rtx new_insn)
20225 unsigned int vtable_slot = lookup_vcall_insn (INSN_UID (old_insn));
20227 if (vtable_slot != (unsigned int) -1)
20228 store_vcall_insn (vtable_slot, INSN_UID (new_insn));
20231 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a virtual function call.
20232 Make an entry into the virtual call table, recording the point of call
20233 and the slot index of the vtable entry used to call the virtual member
20234 function. The slot index was associated with the INSN_UID during the
20235 lowering to RTL. */
20238 dwarf2out_virtual_call (int insn_uid)
20240 unsigned int vtable_slot = lookup_vcall_insn (insn_uid);
20243 if (vtable_slot == (unsigned int) -1)
20246 e.poc_label_num = poc_label_num++;
20247 e.vtable_slot = vtable_slot;
20248 VEC_safe_push (vcall_entry, gc, vcall_table, &e);
20250 /* Drop a label at the return point to mark the point of call. */
20251 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LPOC", e.poc_label_num);
20254 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We
20255 use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
20256 our lookup table. */
20259 dwarf2out_var_location (rtx loc_note)
20261 char loclabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES + 2];
20262 struct var_loc_node *newloc;
20264 static const char *last_label;
20265 static const char *last_postcall_label;
20266 static bool last_in_cold_section_p;
20269 if (!DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note)))
20272 next_real = next_real_insn (loc_note);
20273 /* If there are no instructions which would be affected by this note,
20274 don't do anything. */
20275 if (next_real == NULL_RTX)
20278 decl = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note);
20279 newloc = add_var_loc_to_decl (decl, loc_note);
20280 if (newloc == NULL)
20283 /* If there were no real insns between note we processed last time
20284 and this note, use the label we emitted last time. */
20285 if (last_var_location_insn == NULL_RTX
20286 || last_var_location_insn != next_real
20287 || last_in_cold_section_p != in_cold_section_p)
20289 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel, "LVL", loclabel_num);
20290 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LVL", loclabel_num);
20292 last_label = ggc_strdup (loclabel);
20293 last_postcall_label = NULL;
20295 newloc->var_loc_note = loc_note;
20296 newloc->next = NULL;
20298 if (!NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note))
20299 newloc->label = last_label;
20302 if (!last_postcall_label)
20304 sprintf (loclabel, "%s-1", last_label);
20305 last_postcall_label = ggc_strdup (loclabel);
20307 newloc->label = last_postcall_label;
20310 if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
20311 newloc->section_label = crtl->subsections.cold_section_label;
20313 newloc->section_label = text_section_label;
20315 last_var_location_insn = next_real;
20316 last_in_cold_section_p = in_cold_section_p;
20319 /* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
20320 function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
20321 declarations that use the locations won't have been output when
20322 that hook is called. Also compute have_multiple_function_sections here. */
20325 dwarf2out_begin_function (tree fun)
20327 htab_empty (decl_loc_table);
20329 if (function_section (fun) != text_section)
20330 have_multiple_function_sections = true;
20332 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
20335 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
20336 and record information relating to this source line, in
20337 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
20340 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line, const char *filename,
20341 int discriminator, bool is_stmt)
20343 static bool last_is_stmt = true;
20345 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
20348 int file_num = maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
20350 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
20352 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
20353 if (flag_debug_asm)
20354 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START,
20357 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
20359 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
20360 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.loc %d %d 0", file_num, line);
20361 if (is_stmt != last_is_stmt)
20363 fprintf (asm_out_file, " is_stmt %d", is_stmt ? 1 : 0);
20364 last_is_stmt = is_stmt;
20366 if (SUPPORTS_DISCRIMINATOR && discriminator != 0)
20367 fprintf (asm_out_file, " discriminator %d", discriminator);
20368 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
20370 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
20371 line_info_table_in_use++;
20373 else if (function_section (current_function_decl) != text_section)
20375 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info;
20376 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file,
20377 SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
20378 separate_line_info_table_in_use);
20380 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
20381 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
20382 == separate_line_info_table_allocated)
20384 separate_line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
20385 separate_line_info_table
20386 = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_separate_line_info_entry,
20387 separate_line_info_table,
20388 separate_line_info_table_allocated);
20389 memset (separate_line_info_table
20390 + separate_line_info_table_in_use,
20392 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
20393 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry)));
20396 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
20398 = &separate_line_info_table[separate_line_info_table_in_use++];
20399 line_info->dw_file_num = file_num;
20400 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
20401 line_info->function = current_function_funcdef_no;
20405 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
20407 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, LINE_CODE_LABEL,
20408 line_info_table_in_use);
20410 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
20411 if (line_info_table_in_use == line_info_table_allocated)
20413 line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
20415 = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_line_info_entry, line_info_table,
20416 line_info_table_allocated);
20417 memset (line_info_table + line_info_table_in_use, 0,
20418 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
20421 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
20422 line_info = &line_info_table[line_info_table_in_use++];
20423 line_info->dw_file_num = file_num;
20424 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
20429 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
20432 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno, const char *filename)
20434 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && dwarf_version < 4)
20436 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
20437 dw_die_ref bincl_die;
20439 bincl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
20440 add_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name, remap_debug_filename (filename));
20443 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20445 int file_num = maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
20447 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
20448 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file, "Start new file");
20449 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "Included from line number %d",
20452 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (file_num, "file %s", filename);
20456 /* Record the end of a source file. */
20459 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20461 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && dwarf_version < 4)
20462 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
20463 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
20465 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20467 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
20468 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
20472 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
20473 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
20474 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
20477 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
20478 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20480 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20482 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
20483 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define, "Define macro");
20484 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
20485 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
20489 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
20490 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
20491 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
20494 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
20495 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20497 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20499 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
20500 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef, "Undefine macro");
20501 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
20502 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
20506 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
20509 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20511 /* Allocate the file_table. */
20512 file_table = htab_create_ggc (50, file_table_hash,
20513 file_table_eq, NULL);
20515 /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */
20516 decl_die_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_die_table_hash,
20517 decl_die_table_eq, NULL);
20519 /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */
20520 decl_loc_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_loc_table_hash,
20521 decl_loc_table_eq, NULL);
20523 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
20524 decl_scope_table = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 256);
20526 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
20527 abbrev_die_table = GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_die_ref, ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT);
20528 abbrev_die_table_allocated = ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
20529 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
20530 abbrev_die_table_in_use = 1;
20532 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
20533 line_info_table = GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_line_info_entry, LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT);
20534 line_info_table_allocated = LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
20536 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
20537 line_info_table_in_use = 1;
20539 /* Allocate the pubtypes and pubnames vectors. */
20540 pubname_table = VEC_alloc (pubname_entry, gc, 32);
20541 pubtype_table = VEC_alloc (pubname_entry, gc, 32);
20543 /* Allocate the table that maps insn UIDs to vtable slot indexes. */
20544 vcall_insn_table = htab_create_ggc (10, vcall_insn_table_hash,
20545 vcall_insn_table_eq, NULL);
20547 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
20548 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
20549 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
20550 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
20551 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
20552 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
20553 comp_unit_die = gen_compile_unit_die (NULL);
20555 incomplete_types = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 64);
20557 used_rtx_array = VEC_alloc (rtx, gc, 32);
20559 debug_info_section = get_section (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION,
20560 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20561 debug_abbrev_section = get_section (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION,
20562 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20563 debug_aranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION,
20564 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20565 debug_macinfo_section = get_section (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION,
20566 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20567 debug_line_section = get_section (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION,
20568 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20569 debug_loc_section = get_section (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION,
20570 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20571 debug_pubnames_section = get_section (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION,
20572 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20573 debug_pubtypes_section = get_section (DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION,
20574 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20575 debug_dcall_section = get_section (DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION,
20576 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20577 debug_vcall_section = get_section (DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION,
20578 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20579 debug_str_section = get_section (DEBUG_STR_SECTION,
20580 DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS, NULL);
20581 debug_ranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION,
20582 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20583 debug_frame_section = get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION,
20584 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20586 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
20587 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label,
20588 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20589 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20590 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_text_section_label,
20591 COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20592 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_end_label, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
20594 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label,
20595 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20596 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label,
20597 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20598 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label,
20599 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20600 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section);
20601 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, abbrev_section_label);
20602 switch_to_section (debug_info_section);
20603 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_info_section_label);
20604 switch_to_section (debug_line_section);
20605 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_line_section_label);
20607 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20609 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
20610 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label,
20611 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20612 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, macinfo_section_label);
20615 switch_to_section (text_section);
20616 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, text_section_label);
20617 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
20619 cold_text_section = unlikely_text_section ();
20620 switch_to_section (cold_text_section);
20621 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, cold_text_section_label);
20626 /* Called before cgraph_optimize starts outputtting functions, variables
20627 and toplevel asms into assembly. */
20630 dwarf2out_assembly_start (void)
20632 if (HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE && dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
20634 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
20635 if (USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS || (!flag_unwind_tables && !flag_exceptions))
20637 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_sections\t.debug_frame\n");
20641 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
20642 htab_traverse. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
20645 output_indirect_string (void **h, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20647 struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h;
20649 if (node->label && node->refcount)
20651 switch_to_section (debug_str_section);
20652 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, node->label);
20653 assemble_string (node->str, strlen (node->str) + 1);
20659 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
20660 /* Verify that all marks are clear. */
20663 verify_marks_clear (dw_die_ref die)
20667 gcc_assert (! die->die_mark);
20668 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, verify_marks_clear (c));
20670 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
20672 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
20673 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
20676 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
20682 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unmark_dies (c));
20685 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
20686 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
20689 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die)
20694 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
20696 if (a->dw_attr_val.val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref)
20698 /* A reference to another DIE.
20699 Make sure that it will get emitted.
20700 If it was broken out into a comdat group, don't follow it. */
20701 if (dwarf_version < 4
20702 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
20703 || a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die->die_id.die_type_node == NULL)
20704 prune_unused_types_mark (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die, 1);
20706 /* Set the string's refcount to 0 so that prune_unused_types_mark
20707 accounts properly for it. */
20708 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
20709 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount = 0;
20714 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
20715 to DIE's children. */
20718 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die, int dokids)
20722 if (die->die_mark == 0)
20724 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
20727 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
20728 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
20729 if (die->die_parent)
20730 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_parent, 0);
20732 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
20733 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
20735 /* If this node is a specification,
20736 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
20737 if (get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration) && die->die_definition)
20738 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_definition, 1);
20741 if (dokids && die->die_mark != 2)
20743 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
20744 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
20747 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
20748 kids get marked, even if they're types. If we're
20749 breaking out types into comdat sections, do this
20750 for all type definitions. */
20751 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_array_type
20752 || (dwarf_version >= 4
20753 && is_type_die (die) && ! is_declaration_die (die)))
20754 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_mark (c, 1));
20756 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk (c));
20760 /* For local classes, look if any static member functions were emitted
20761 and if so, mark them. */
20764 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (dw_die_ref die)
20768 if (die->die_mark == 2)
20771 switch (die->die_tag)
20773 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
20774 case DW_TAG_union_type:
20775 case DW_TAG_class_type:
20778 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
20779 if (!get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration)
20780 || die->die_definition != NULL)
20781 prune_unused_types_mark (die, 1);
20788 /* Mark children. */
20789 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (c));
20792 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
20795 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die)
20799 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked and
20800 children have been marked as well. */
20801 if (die->die_mark == 2)
20804 switch (die->die_tag)
20806 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
20807 case DW_TAG_union_type:
20808 case DW_TAG_class_type:
20809 if (die->die_perennial_p)
20812 for (c = die->die_parent; c; c = c->die_parent)
20813 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
20816 /* Finding used static member functions inside of classes
20817 is needed just for local classes, because for other classes
20818 static member function DIEs with DW_AT_specification
20819 are emitted outside of the DW_TAG_*_type. If we ever change
20820 it, we'd need to call this even for non-local classes. */
20822 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (die);
20824 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
20827 case DW_TAG_const_type:
20828 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
20829 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
20830 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
20831 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
20832 case DW_TAG_typedef:
20833 case DW_TAG_array_type:
20834 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
20835 case DW_TAG_friend:
20836 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
20837 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
20838 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
20839 case DW_TAG_string_type:
20840 case DW_TAG_set_type:
20841 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
20842 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
20843 case DW_TAG_file_type:
20844 if (die->die_perennial_p)
20847 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
20851 /* Mark everything else. */
20855 if (die->die_mark == 0)
20859 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
20860 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
20865 /* Mark children. */
20866 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk (c));
20869 /* Increment the string counts on strings referred to from DIE's
20873 prune_unused_types_update_strings (dw_die_ref die)
20878 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
20879 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
20881 struct indirect_string_node *s = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
20883 /* Avoid unnecessarily putting strings that are used less than
20884 twice in the hash table. */
20886 == ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS & SECTION_MERGE) ? 1 : 2))
20889 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, s->str,
20890 htab_hash_string (s->str),
20892 gcc_assert (*slot == NULL);
20898 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
20901 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die)
20905 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
20906 prune_unused_types_update_strings (die);
20908 if (! die->die_child)
20911 c = die->die_child;
20913 dw_die_ref prev = c;
20914 for (c = c->die_sib; ! c->die_mark; c = c->die_sib)
20915 if (c == die->die_child)
20917 /* No marked children between 'prev' and the end of the list. */
20919 /* No marked children at all. */
20920 die->die_child = NULL;
20923 prev->die_sib = c->die_sib;
20924 die->die_child = prev;
20929 if (c != prev->die_sib)
20931 prune_unused_types_prune (c);
20932 } while (c != die->die_child);
20935 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
20936 htab_traverse. Clear .debug_str strings that we haven't already
20937 decided to emit. */
20940 prune_indirect_string (void **h, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20942 struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h;
20944 if (!node->label || !node->refcount)
20945 htab_clear_slot (debug_str_hash, h);
20950 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
20953 prune_unused_types (void)
20956 limbo_die_node *node;
20957 comdat_type_node *ctnode;
20959 dcall_entry *dcall;
20961 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
20962 /* All the marks should already be clear. */
20963 verify_marks_clear (comp_unit_die);
20964 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
20965 verify_marks_clear (node->die);
20966 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
20967 verify_marks_clear (ctnode->root_die);
20968 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
20970 /* Mark types that are used in global variables. */
20971 premark_types_used_by_global_vars ();
20973 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
20974 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die);
20975 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
20976 prune_unused_types_walk (node->die);
20977 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
20979 prune_unused_types_walk (ctnode->root_die);
20980 prune_unused_types_mark (ctnode->type_die, 1);
20983 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
20984 pubname_table or arange_table. */
20985 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry, pubname_table, i, pub); i++)
20986 prune_unused_types_mark (pub->die, 1);
20987 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
20988 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table[i], 1);
20990 /* Mark nodes referenced from the direct call table. */
20991 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry, dcall_table, i, dcall); i++)
20992 prune_unused_types_mark (dcall->targ_die, 1);
20994 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked; and update the string counts. */
20995 if (debug_str_hash && debug_str_hash_forced)
20996 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, prune_indirect_string, NULL);
20997 else if (debug_str_hash)
20998 htab_empty (debug_str_hash);
20999 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die);
21000 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21001 prune_unused_types_prune (node->die);
21002 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21003 prune_unused_types_prune (ctnode->root_die);
21005 /* Leave the marks clear. */
21006 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die);
21007 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21008 prune_unmark_dies (node->die);
21009 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21010 prune_unmark_dies (ctnode->root_die);
21013 /* Set the parameter to true if there are any relative pathnames in
21016 file_table_relative_p (void ** slot, void *param)
21018 bool *p = (bool *) param;
21019 struct dwarf_file_data *d = (struct dwarf_file_data *) *slot;
21020 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (d->filename))
21028 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of comdat type units. */
21031 htab_ct_hash (const void *of)
21034 const comdat_type_node *const type_node = (const comdat_type_node *) of;
21036 memcpy (&h, type_node->signature, sizeof (h));
21041 htab_ct_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
21043 const comdat_type_node *const type_node_1 = (const comdat_type_node *) of1;
21044 const comdat_type_node *const type_node_2 = (const comdat_type_node *) of2;
21046 return (! memcmp (type_node_1->signature, type_node_2->signature,
21047 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE));
21050 /* Move a DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name attribute just added to dw_die_ref
21051 to the location it would have been added, should we know its
21052 DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME when we added other attributes. This will
21053 probably improve compactness of debug info, removing equivalent
21054 abbrevs, and hide any differences caused by deferring the
21055 computation of the assembler name, triggered by e.g. PCH. */
21058 move_linkage_attr (dw_die_ref die)
21060 unsigned ix = VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr);
21061 dw_attr_node linkage = *VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix - 1);
21063 gcc_assert (linkage.dw_attr == DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name);
21067 dw_attr_node *prev = VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix - 1);
21069 if (prev->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_line || prev->dw_attr == DW_AT_name)
21073 if (ix != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr) - 1)
21075 VEC_pop (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr);
21076 VEC_quick_insert (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, &linkage);
21080 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, attempt to resolve
21081 one CONST_STRING, return non-zero if not successful. Similarly verify that
21082 SYMBOL_REFs refer to variables emitted in the current CU. */
21085 resolve_one_addr (rtx *addr, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
21089 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
21091 size_t len = strlen (XSTR (rtl, 0)) + 1;
21092 tree t = build_string (len, XSTR (rtl, 0));
21093 tree tlen = build_int_cst (NULL_TREE, len - 1);
21095 = build_array_type (char_type_node, build_index_type (tlen));
21096 rtl = lookup_constant_def (t);
21097 if (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl))
21099 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
21100 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
21105 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF
21106 && SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl)
21107 && TREE_CODE (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl)) == VAR_DECL
21108 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl)))
21111 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST
21112 && for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl, 0), resolve_one_addr, NULL))
21118 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, handle one location
21119 expression, return false if at least one CONST_STRING or SYMBOL_REF in
21120 the location list couldn't be resolved. */
21123 resolve_addr_in_expr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
21125 for (; loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
21126 if ((loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr
21127 && resolve_one_addr (&loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, NULL))
21128 || (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_implicit_value
21129 && loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class == dw_val_class_addr
21130 && resolve_one_addr (&loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_addr, NULL)))
21135 /* Resolve DW_OP_addr and DW_AT_const_value CONST_STRING arguments to
21136 an address in .rodata section if the string literal is emitted there,
21137 or remove the containing location list or replace DW_AT_const_value
21138 with DW_AT_location and empty location expression, if it isn't found
21139 in .rodata. Similarly for SYMBOL_REFs, keep only those that refer
21140 to something that has been emitted in the current CU. */
21143 resolve_addr (dw_die_ref die)
21147 dw_loc_list_ref *curr;
21150 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
21151 switch (AT_class (a))
21153 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
21154 curr = AT_loc_list_ptr (a);
21157 if (!resolve_addr_in_expr ((*curr)->expr))
21159 dw_loc_list_ref next = (*curr)->dw_loc_next;
21160 if (next && (*curr)->ll_symbol)
21162 gcc_assert (!next->ll_symbol);
21163 next->ll_symbol = (*curr)->ll_symbol;
21168 curr = &(*curr)->dw_loc_next;
21170 if (!AT_loc_list (a))
21172 remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr);
21176 case dw_val_class_loc:
21177 if (!resolve_addr_in_expr (AT_loc (a)))
21179 remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr);
21183 case dw_val_class_addr:
21184 if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_const_value
21185 && resolve_one_addr (&a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr, NULL))
21187 remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr);
21195 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, resolve_addr (c));
21198 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
21199 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
21202 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename)
21204 limbo_die_node *node, *next_node;
21205 comdat_type_node *ctnode;
21206 htab_t comdat_type_table;
21207 dw_die_ref die = 0;
21210 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute ();
21212 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
21213 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
21214 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die, remap_debug_filename (filename));
21215 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename))
21216 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
21217 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_comp_dir) == NULL)
21220 htab_traverse (file_table, file_table_relative_p, &p);
21222 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
21225 for (i = 0; i < VEC_length (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list); i++)
21227 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (
21228 VEC_index (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list, i)->die,
21229 VEC_index (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list, i)->variable,
21233 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
21234 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
21235 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
21236 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
21238 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = next_node)
21240 next_node = node->next;
21243 if (die->die_parent == NULL)
21245 dw_die_ref origin = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin);
21248 add_child_die (origin->die_parent, die);
21249 else if (die == comp_unit_die)
21251 else if (errorcount > 0 || sorrycount > 0)
21252 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
21253 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
21256 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
21257 nested function can be optimized away, which results
21258 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
21259 with the return type of that nested function. Force
21260 this to be a child of the containing function.
21262 It may happen that even the containing function got fully
21263 inlined and optimized out. In that case we are lost and
21264 assign the empty child. This should not be big issue as
21265 the function is likely unreachable too. */
21266 tree context = NULL_TREE;
21268 gcc_assert (node->created_for);
21270 if (DECL_P (node->created_for))
21271 context = DECL_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
21272 else if (TYPE_P (node->created_for))
21273 context = TYPE_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
21275 gcc_assert (context
21276 && (TREE_CODE (context) == FUNCTION_DECL
21277 || TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL));
21279 origin = lookup_decl_die (context);
21281 add_child_die (origin, die);
21283 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
21288 limbo_die_list = NULL;
21290 resolve_addr (comp_unit_die);
21292 for (node = deferred_asm_name; node; node = node->next)
21294 tree decl = node->created_for;
21295 if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl))
21297 add_AT_string (node->die, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name,
21298 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
21299 move_linkage_attr (node->die);
21303 deferred_asm_name = NULL;
21305 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
21306 emit full debugging info for them. */
21307 retry_incomplete_types ();
21309 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
21310 prune_unused_types ();
21312 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
21313 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
21314 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && dwarf_version < 4)
21315 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die);
21317 /* Generate separate COMDAT sections for type DIEs. */
21318 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
21320 break_out_comdat_types (comp_unit_die);
21322 /* Each new type_unit DIE was added to the limbo die list when created.
21323 Since these have all been added to comdat_type_list, clear the
21325 limbo_die_list = NULL;
21327 /* For each new comdat type unit, copy declarations for incomplete
21328 types to make the new unit self-contained (i.e., no direct
21329 references to the main compile unit). */
21330 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21331 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (ctnode->root_die);
21332 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (comp_unit_die);
21334 /* In the process of copying declarations from one unit to another,
21335 we may have left some declarations behind that are no longer
21336 referenced. Prune them. */
21337 prune_unused_types ();
21340 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
21341 that have children. */
21342 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die);
21343 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21344 add_sibling_attributes (node->die);
21345 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21346 add_sibling_attributes (ctnode->root_die);
21348 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
21349 switch_to_section (text_section);
21350 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
21351 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
21353 switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
21354 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
21357 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
21359 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
21360 || !(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
21362 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, text_section_label);
21363 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_high_pc, text_end_label);
21368 unsigned fde_idx = 0;
21369 bool range_list_added = false;
21371 /* We need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
21372 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become
21373 absolute. Historically, we've emitted the unexpected
21374 DW_AT_entry_pc instead of DW_AT_low_pc for this purpose.
21375 Emit both to give time for other tools to adapt. */
21376 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, const0_rtx);
21377 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_entry_pc, const0_rtx);
21379 if (text_section_used)
21380 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die, text_section_label,
21381 text_end_label, &range_list_added);
21382 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition && cold_text_section_used)
21383 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die, cold_text_section_label,
21384 cold_end_label, &range_list_added);
21386 for (fde_idx = 0; fde_idx < fde_table_in_use; fde_idx++)
21388 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_idx];
21390 if (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
21392 if (!fde->in_std_section)
21393 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die,
21394 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label,
21395 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label,
21396 &range_list_added);
21397 if (!fde->cold_in_std_section)
21398 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die,
21399 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label,
21400 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label,
21401 &range_list_added);
21403 else if (!fde->in_std_section)
21404 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die, fde->dw_fde_begin,
21405 fde->dw_fde_end, &range_list_added);
21408 if (range_list_added)
21412 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
21413 if (have_location_lists)
21415 /* Output the location lists info. */
21416 switch_to_section (debug_loc_section);
21417 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label,
21418 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
21419 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, loc_section_label);
21420 output_location_lists (die);
21423 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
21424 add_AT_lineptr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
21425 debug_line_section_label);
21427 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
21428 add_AT_macptr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_macro_info, macinfo_section_label);
21430 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
21431 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
21432 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21433 output_comp_unit (node->die, 0);
21435 comdat_type_table = htab_create (100, htab_ct_hash, htab_ct_eq, NULL);
21436 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21438 void **slot = htab_find_slot (comdat_type_table, ctnode, INSERT);
21440 /* Don't output duplicate types. */
21441 if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY)
21444 /* Add a pointer to the line table for the main compilation unit
21445 so that the debugger can make sense of DW_AT_decl_file
21447 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
21448 add_AT_lineptr (ctnode->root_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
21449 debug_line_section_label);
21451 output_comdat_type_unit (ctnode);
21454 htab_delete (comdat_type_table);
21456 /* Output the main compilation unit if non-empty or if .debug_macinfo
21457 has been emitted. */
21458 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die, debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE);
21460 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
21461 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section);
21462 output_abbrev_section ();
21464 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
21465 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry, pubname_table))
21467 switch_to_section (debug_pubnames_section);
21468 output_pubnames (pubname_table);
21471 /* Output public types table if necessary. */
21472 /* ??? Only defined by DWARF3, but emitted by Darwin for DWARF2.
21473 It shouldn't hurt to emit it always, since pure DWARF2 consumers
21474 simply won't look for the section. */
21475 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry, pubtype_table))
21477 switch_to_section (debug_pubtypes_section);
21478 output_pubnames (pubtype_table);
21481 /* Output direct and virtual call tables if necessary. */
21482 if (!VEC_empty (dcall_entry, dcall_table))
21484 switch_to_section (debug_dcall_section);
21485 output_dcall_table ();
21487 if (!VEC_empty (vcall_entry, vcall_table))
21489 switch_to_section (debug_vcall_section);
21490 output_vcall_table ();
21493 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
21494 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
21495 if (fde_table_in_use)
21497 switch_to_section (debug_aranges_section);
21501 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
21502 if (ranges_table_in_use)
21504 switch_to_section (debug_ranges_section);
21505 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, ranges_section_label);
21509 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
21510 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
21511 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
21512 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
21513 examining the file. This is done late so that any filenames
21514 used by the debug_info section are marked as 'used'. */
21515 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
21517 switch_to_section (debug_line_section);
21518 output_line_info ();
21521 /* Have to end the macro section. */
21522 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
21524 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
21525 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
21528 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
21530 if (debug_str_hash)
21531 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, output_indirect_string, NULL);
21535 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
21536 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
21540 0, /* assembly_start */
21543 0, /* start_source_file */
21544 0, /* end_source_file */
21545 0, /* begin_block */
21547 0, /* ignore_block */
21548 0, /* source_line */
21549 0, /* begin_prologue */
21550 0, /* end_prologue */
21551 0, /* end_epilogue */
21552 0, /* begin_function */
21553 0, /* end_function */
21554 0, /* function_decl */
21555 0, /* global_decl */
21557 0, /* imported_module_or_decl */
21558 0, /* deferred_inline_function */
21559 0, /* outlining_inline_function */
21561 0, /* handle_pch */
21562 0, /* var_location */
21563 0, /* switch_text_section */
21564 0, /* direct_call */
21565 0, /* virtual_call_token */
21566 0, /* copy_call_info */
21567 0, /* virtual_call */
21569 0 /* start_end_main_source_file */
21572 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
21574 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"